[seiscomp, scanloc] Install, add .gitignore

This commit is contained in:
2025-10-09 15:07:02 +02:00
commit 20f5301bb1
2848 changed files with 1315858 additions and 0 deletions

View File

@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="access" category="Acquisition" standalone="true">
<description>
Access module for FDSNWS.
</description>
</module>
<binding module="access">
<description>
FDSNWS station access.
</description>
<configuration>
<group name="access">
<description>
Defines access to restricted data. When defined it will add the listed users to the list of authorized users to access certain restricted data give the parameters on this binding.
</description>
<parameter name="users" type="list:string" default="">
<description>
List of users (e-mail addresses) allowed to access the restricted data.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="disableStationCode" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
When disableStationCode option is set to true the access entries will be generated only for the network level (and optionally stream level), no station code will be filled (this can potentially reduce the number of entries on the access table, and save memory on the request handler when used).
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="streams" type="list:string" default="">
<description>
List of locations.streams this access rule applies to. The location code is optional (optional, allow wildcards).
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="start" type="datetime" default="">
<description>
Start of validity (optional).
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="end" type="datetime" default="">
<description>
End of validity (optional).
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</configuration>
</binding>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="bindings2cfg" category="Utilities">
<description>
Synchronize key files with configuration database or convert them to
configuration XML.
</description>
<command-line>
<synopsis>
bindings2cfg [options]
</synopsis>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#print-config-vars</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#validate-schema-params</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#dump-settings</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Database">
<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#config-db</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Messaging">
<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#content-type</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Input">
<option long-flag="key-dir" argument="arg">
<description>
Override the location of the default key directory,
which is $SEISCOMP_ROOT/etc/key .
</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Output">
<option flag="o" long-flag="output" argument="arg">
<description>
If given, an output XML file is generated. Use '-' for
stdout.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="create-notifier">
<description>
If given then a notifier message containing all notifiers
will be written to the output XML. This option only applies
if an output file is given. Notifier creation either requires
and input database and an input config XML as reference.
</description>
</option>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<plugin name="caps">
<extends>seedlink</extends>
<description>Global options for the CAPS plugin</description>
<configuration>
<group name="plugins">
<group name="caps">
<parameter name="maxTimeDiff" type="float" default="86400">
<description>
The maxmimum time difference with respect to current
time of the end time of a received record. If
exceeded then the end time will not be logged into
the state file.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="inOrder" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Request all records in-order. Out-of-order records will
be skipped.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
</configuration>
</plugin>
<binding module="seedlink" name="caps" category="sources">
<description>Transfers data from CAPS to SeedLink server</description>
<configuration>
<parameter name="address" type="string" default="localhost:18002">
<description>
CAPS URL to fetch data from, format: [[caps|capss]://][user:pass@]host[:port]
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="streams" type="string" default="*.*">
<description>
Comma-separated list of streams. Stream format is [LOC.CHA].
Streams may contain wildcards
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="unpack" type="string" default="">
<description>
Comma-separated list of streams to unpack. Stream format is [LOC.CHA].
Streams may contain wildcards. Unpacking in this context means that
incoming data is converted to RAW data before sending
it to SeedLink. The proc option must be set when using this option.
For each stream there must be a corresponding entry in the proc object
so that the raw stream can be processed by SeedLink. The name of the
input entry must match the chanel ID, e.g., 00ENZ or ENZ.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="proc" type="string">
<description>
Name of the proc object (defined in streams.xml); used for processing
raw streams (streams submitted by a plugin as raw samples).
</description>
</parameter>
</configuration>
</binding>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="diskmon" category="System" standalone="true">
<description>Monitors a disk and sends notifications.</description>
<configuration>
<parameter name="threshold" type="int" default="95">
<description>
Disk usage threshold in percent. Each time when the disk usage exceeds this level,
an alert e-mail is send to the user. Note that disk usage is only checked when a
cron job of seiscomp check is installed or seiscomp check is called
regularly by other means.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="emails" type="list:string" default="">
<description>
Comma-separated list of e-mail addresses to notify when disk usage
threshold is exceeded.
</description>
</parameter>
</configuration>
</module>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="dlsv2inv" category="Inventory">
<description>
Convert dataless SEED to SeisComP inventory XML.
</description>
<command-line>
<synopsis>
dlsv2inv [OPTIONS] input [output=stdout]
</synopsis>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#print-config-vars</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#validate-schema-params</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#dump-settings</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#print-context</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#print-component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-utc</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#trace</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="ArcLink">
<option long-flag="dcid" argument="arg">
<description>
Override the datacenter ID which is read from the
datacenterID configuration parameter and written to the
network and station archive attribute.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="net-description" argument="arg">
<description>
Set the network description. It supports the following
placeholders: ${code}, ${start}, ${end}, ${class} and
${archive}.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="net-start" argument="arg">
<description>
Set network start time. Format is %Y-%m-%d.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="net-end" argument="arg">
<description>
Set network end time. Format is %Y-%m-%d.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="net-type" argument="arg">
<description>
Set the network type (VBB, SM, etc.).
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="temporary">
<description>
Set the network temporary flag to true.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="restricted">
<description>
Set the network restricted flag to true.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="private">
<description>
Set the network private flag to true.
</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Convert">
<option flag="f" long-flag="formatted">
<description>Enable formatted XML output.</description>
</option>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

160
etc/descriptions/ew2sc3.xml Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="ew2sc" category="Processing">
<description>
Earthworm hypo2000_arc messages importer
</description>
<configuration>
<group name="ew2sc3">
<parameter name="configPath" type="string">
<description>
Folder to store logs and achives of hypo2000_arc files from Earthworm export_genericer
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="senderPort" type="int">
<description>
Earthworm export_generic's socket to listen to
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="modID" type="int">
<description>
Expected Earthworm Module ID (ew2sc3 will read the message only if its ModID is correct).
Set to 0 (MOD_WILDCARD) to accept any Earthworm Module ID.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="instID" type="int">
<description>
Expected Earthworm Institute ID (ew2sc3 will read the message only if its InstID is correct)
Set to 0 (INST_WILDCARD) to accept any Earthworm Institute ID.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="customAgencyID" type="string">
<description>
Institute name to use when storing origin into database.
If blank, the origin will have the system AgencyID. If specified, the origin will have the given AgencyID.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="author" type="string">
<description>Author name to use when storing origin into database.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="hostname" type="string">
<description>
Earthworm export_generic IP address to connect to
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="defaultLatitude" type="string">
<description>
Default event latitude to use if hypo2000_arc location is null (space filled)
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="defaultLongitude" type="string">
<description>
Default event longitude to use if hypo2000_arc location is null (space filled)
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="locatorProfile" type="string">
<description>
Name of the earth model used by Earthworm location process
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="enableArchiving" type="boolean">
<description>
Enable/Disable hypo2000_arc message file archiving (usefull for troobleshooting)
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="myAliveInt" type="int">
<description>
Time interval (in sec) between two heartbeats messages sent by SeisComP.
This parameter should be lower than Earthworm export_generic RcvAliveInt parameter
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="senderTimeout" type="int">
<description>
Maximum time (in millisecond) before the connection to Earthworm export_generic times out.
This parameter has to be set accordingly to Earthworm export_generic parameters
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maxMsgSize" type="int">
<description>
Maximum message size (in char) between the Earthworm export_generic and ew2sc3.
This parameter has to be set accordingly to Earthworm export_generic MaxMsgSize parameter
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="myAliveString" type="string">
<description>
Alive string to send to Earthworm export_generic in order to keep the connection alive.
This string should be identical as Earthworm export_generic RcvAliveText string
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="senderAliveString" type="string">
<description>
Alive string expected from Earthworm export_generic in order to keep the connection alive.
This string should be identical as Earthworm export_generic SendAliveText string
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="enableUncertainties" type="boolean">
<description>
Enable/Disable uncertainties conversions.
Earthworm doesn't have uncertainties but weight from 0 to 4.
If enabled, ew2sc3 will convert pick weight to uncertainties followind a simple mapping between weight and pickerUncertainties list.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="pickerUncertainties" type="list:double">
<description>
Uncertainty values (in sec) to use when enableUncertainties is enabled.
Refer to scolv document for syntax.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maxUncertainty" type="double">
<description>
Maximum weight value from Earthworm corresponding to maximum uncertainty
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</configuration>
<command-line>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Messaging">
<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#content-type</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Database">
<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
<option flag="" long-flag="db-disable" argument="" publicID="database#db-disable">
<description>Do not use the database at all</description>
</option>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

293
etc/descriptions/fdsnws.xml Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="fdsnws" category="Utilities">
<description>
Provide FDSN Web Services.
</description>
<command-line>
<synopsis>
fdsnws [options]
</synopsis>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Database">
<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#db-disable</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Records">
<optionReference>records#record-driver-list</optionReference>
<optionReference>records#record-url</optionReference>
<optionReference>records#record-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>records#record-type</optionReference>
</group>
</command-line>
<configuration>
<parameter name="listenAddress" type="IP" default="0.0.0.0">
<description>
Define the bind address of the server. &quot;0.0.0.0&quot; allows
any interface to connect to this server whereas &quot;127.0.0.0&quot;
only allows connections from localhost.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="port" type="int" default="8080">
<description>
Server port to listen for incoming requests. Note: The FDSN Web
service specification defines the service port 80. Please refer
to the documentation on how to serve on privileged ports.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="connections" type="int" default="5">
<description>
Number of maximum simultaneous requests.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="queryObjects" type="int" default="10000">
<description>
Maximum number of objects per query, used in fdsnws-station and
fdsnws-event to limit main memory consumption.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="realtimeGap" type="int" unit="s">
<description>
Restrict end time of requests to current time - realtimeGap
seconds. Negative values allowed. Used in fdsnws-dataselect.
WARNING: If this value is unset and a realtime recordsource
(e.g. slink) is used, requests may block if end time in future
is requested.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="samplesM" type="float">
<description>
Maximum number of samples (in units of million) per query, used
in fdsnws-dataselect to prevent a single user to block one
connection with a large request.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="recordBulkSize" type="int" default="102400" unit="bytes">
<description>
Set the number of bytes to buffer for each chunk of waveform data
served to the client. The lower the buffer the higher the overhead
of Python Twisted. The higher the buffer the higher the memory
usage per request. 100kB seems to be a good trade-off.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="htpasswd" type="string" default="@CONFIGDIR@/fdsnws.htpasswd">
<description>
Path to password file used in fdsnws-dataselect/queryauth. The
format is 'username:password' separated by lines. Because of the
HTTP digest authentication method required by the FDSN
specification, the passwords have to be stored in plain text.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="accessLog" type="string">
<description>
Path to access log file. If unset no access log is created.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="requestLog" type="string">
<description>
Path to request log file. If unset no request log is created.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="userSalt" type="string">
<description>
Secret salt for calculating userID.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="corsOrigins" type="list:string:" default="*">
<description>
List of domain names Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS)
request may originate from. A value of '*' allows any web page
to embed your service. An empty value will switch of CORS
requests entirely. An example of multiple domains might be:
'https://test.domain.de, https://production.domain.de'.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="allowRestricted" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Enable/disable access to restricted inventory data.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="handleConditionalRequests" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Enable/disable handling of time-based conditional requests (RFC
7232) by the fdsnws-station resource.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="useArclinkAccess" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
If enabled, then access to restricted waveform data is
controlled by arclink-access bindings. By default authenticated
users have access to all data.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="hideAuthor" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
If enabled, author information is removed from any event
creationInfo element.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="hideComments" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
If enabled, event comment elements are no longer accessible.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="evaluationMode" type="string">
<description>
If set, the event service will only return events having a
preferred origin with a matching evaluationMode property.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="eventType">
<parameter name="whitelist" type="list:string">
<description>List of enabled event types</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="blacklist" type="list:string">
<description>List of disabled event types</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<parameter name="eventFormats" type="list:string">
<description>
List of enabled event formats. If unspecified, all supported
formats are enabled.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="serveDataSelect" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Enable/disable the DataSelect service.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="serveEvent" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Enable/disable the Event service.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="serveStation" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Enable/disable the Station service.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="serveAvailability" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Enable/disable the Availability service. Note: This is a non
standard FDSNWS extension served under fdsnws/ext/availability.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="stationFilter" type="string">
<description>
Path to station inventory filter file.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="dataSelectFilter" type="string">
<description>
Path to dataselect inventory filter file.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="debugFilter" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
If enabled, a debug line is written for each stream ID explaining
why a stream was added/removed by a inventory filter.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="inventoryCoordinatePrecision" type="int">
<description>
Number of decimal places used for station and sensor location
coordinates. If specified, the coordinates are obfuscated
when the inventory is read on service startup or reload.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="fileNamePrefix" type="string" default="fdsnws">
<description>
Define the prefix for the default filenames if downloading and
saving data from within a browser.
For data loaded using dataselect, it is thus fdsnws.mseed by default.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="dataAvailability">
<description>
Provide access to waveform data availability information stored
in the SeisComP database. In case of a SDS archive, this
information may be collected by scardac (SeisComP archive
data availability collector).
</description>
<parameter name="enable" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Enable loading of data availabilty information from
SeisComP database. Availability information is used by
station and ext/availability service.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="cacheDuration" type="int" default="300" unit="s">
<description>
Number of seconds data availabilty information is considered
valid. If the duration time is exceeded, the information is
fetched again from the database.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="dccName" type="string" default="DCC">
<description>
Name of the archive use in sync format of dataavailability
extent service.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="repositoryName" type="string" default="primary">
<description>
Name of the archive use in some format of data availability
extent service.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="trackdb">
<parameter name="enable" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Save request log to database.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="defaultUser" type="string" default="fdsnws">
<description>
Default user.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="auth">
<parameter name="enable" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Enable auth extension.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="gnupgHome" type="string" default="@ROOTDIR@/var/lib/gpg">
<description>
GnuPG home directory.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="blacklist" type="list:string">
<description>
List of revoked token IDs.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</configuration>
</module>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="fdsnxml2inv" category="Inventory">
<description>
Convert station inventory between FDSN StationXML format and
SeisComP XML.
</description>
<configuration>
</configuration>
<command-line>
<synopsis>
fdsnxml2inv [OPTIONS] input [output]
</synopsis>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#print-config-vars</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#validate-schema-params</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#dump-settings</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#print-context</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#print-component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-utc</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#trace</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Convert">
<option flag="f" long-flag="formatted">
<description>
Generate formatted SCML. Otherwise, output XML to a single line.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="to-staxml">
<description>
Convert from SCML to StationXML and expects SCML as input.
If not given, input is SCML and output is StationXML.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="relaxed-ns-check">
<description>
Enable relaxed XML namespace checks. This will also accept
tags within a different namespace than defined in the
supported schema.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="log-stages">
<description>
Add more output to stderr for all channel response stages
when converting from StationXML.
</description>
</option>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<plugin name="gdrt">
<extends>seedlink</extends>
<description>Global options for the qdrt plugin</description>
</plugin>
<binding module="seedlink" name="gdrt" category="sources">
<description>
GDRT (GFZ Displacement Real-Time) is the data format of the Real-time Precise
Point Positioning (RTPPP) provided by the Helmholtz Centre Potsdam GFZ German
Research Centre for Geosciences. This development was supported by the German
Federal Ministry of Education and Research (BMBF) within the EWRICA project.
The GDRT plugin is a SeedLink plugin that converts GDRT UDP messages to
miniSEED channels according to the following table:
+-------+---------------------+----------------+---------------------------------------+-------------------+
| Index | Field name | Format | Description | miniSEED channel |
+=======+=====================+================+=======================================+===================+
| 1 | Start of message | character(1) | A fixed character '>' | |
+-------+---------------------+----------------+---------------------------------------+-------------------+
| 2 | Station ID | character(4) | GDRT station ID | |
+-------+---------------------+----------------+---------------------------------------+-------------------+
| 3 | Epoch time | integer(4) | UTC time (year, month, day, hour, | |
| | | integer(2) | minute, second) | |
| | | integer(2) | | |
| | | integer(2) | | |
| | | integer(2) | | |
| | | double(%5.2f) | | |
+-------+---------------------+----------------+---------------------------------------+-------------------+
| 4 | Solution type | integer(2) | 0: Single point positioning (SPP) | LBS |
| | | +---------------------------------------+ |
| | | | +1: Precise point positioning (PPP) | |
| | | +---------------------------------------+ |
| | | | +2: Precise point positioning | |
| | | | ambiguity resolution (PPP-AR) | |
| | | +---------------------------------------+ |
| | | | +4: Precise point positioning | |
| | | | regional augmentation (PPP-RA) | |
+-------+---------------------+----------------+---------------------------------------+-------------------+
| 5 | Observation type | integer(2) | +1: GPS | LBO |
| | | +---------------------------------------+ |
| | | | +2: GLONASS | |
| | | +---------------------------------------+ |
| | | | +4: Galileo | |
| | | +---------------------------------------+ |
| | | | +8: BDS | |
| | | +---------------------------------------+ |
| | | | +16: Seismic data | |
+-------+---------------------+----------------+---------------------------------------+-------------------+
| 6 | Positioning type | integer(2) | 1: Coordinate fixed solution | LBP |
| | | +---------------------------------------+ |
| | | | 2: Static solution | |
| | | +---------------------------------------+ |
| | | | 3: Kinematic solution | |
| | | +---------------------------------------+ |
| | | | 4: Dynamic solution | |
+-------+---------------------+----------------+---------------------------------------+-------------------+
| 7 | Processing type | integer(2) | 1: Real-time solution | LBT |
| | | +---------------------------------------+ |
| | | | 2: Post-processing solution | |
+-------+---------------------+----------------+---------------------------------------+-------------------+
| 8 | Ratio of | double(%6.2f) | The ratio value of PPP ambiguty | LBR (×100) |
| | ambiguity fix | | fixing (larger value means more | |
| | | | reliable ambiguity fixing) | |
+-------+---------------------+----------------+---------------------------------------+-------------------+
| 9 | Number of | integer(2) | Number of satellites used for the | LBC (summed) |
| | satellites | integer(2) | solution (GPS, GLONASS, Galileo, BDS) | |
| | | integer(2) | | |
| | | integer(2) | | |
+-------+---------------------+----------------+---------------------------------------+-------------------+
| 10 | Coordinate X | double(%14.4f) | Coordinates X, Y, and Z in the Earth | LBX |
+-------+---------------------+----------------+ Centered Earth Fixed (ECEF) +-------------------+
| 11 | Coordinate Y | double(%14.4f) | coordinate system in meters | LBY |
+-------+---------------------+----------------+ +-------------------+
| 12 | Coordinate Z | double(%14.4f) | | LBZ |
+-------+---------------------+----------------+---------------------------------------+-------------------+
| 13 | Variance of | double(%14.4f) | Variance of coordinates (m²) | LB1 |
| | coordinate X | | | |
+-------+---------------------+----------------+ +-------------------+
| 14 | Variance of | double(%14.4f) | | LB2 |
| | coordinate Y | | | |
+-------+---------------------+----------------+ +-------------------+
| 15 | Variance of | double(%14.4f) | | LB3 |
| | coordinate Z | | | |
+-------+---------------------+----------------+---------------------------------------+-------------------+
| 16 | Covariance of | double(%14.4f) | Covariance of coordinates (m²) | LB4 |
| | coordinates X and Y | | | |
+-------+---------------------+----------------+ +-------------------+
| 17 | Covariance of | double(%14.4f) | | LB5 |
| | coordinates X and Z | | | |
+-------+---------------------+----------------+ +-------------------+
| 18 | Covariance of | double(%14.4f) | | LB6 |
| | coordinates Y and Z | | | |
+-------+---------------------+----------------+---------------------------------------+-------------------+
| 19 | Correction | string(4) | Name of orbit/clock/upd product and | |
| | information | | name of three used reference stations | |
| | | | in PPP-RA, separated with '+' | |
+-------+---------------------+----------------+---------------------------------------+-------------------+
| 20 | End of message | character(1) | A fixed character '!' | |
+-------+---------------------+----------------+---------------------------------------+-------------------+
</description>
<configuration>
<parameter name="station" type="string">
<description>
GDRT station code.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="locationCode" type="string" default="">
<description>
Sensor location code.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="sampleRate" type="double" default="1.0" unit="Hz">
<description>
Sample rate in Hz.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="udpport" type="int" default="9999">
<description>
UDP port for receiving GDRT messages. By default port 9999 will be used.
</description>
</parameter>
</configuration>
</binding>
</seiscomp>

1494
etc/descriptions/global.xml Normal file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<plugin name="FX-DFX">
<extends>global</extends>
<description>
Implementation of the CTBTO/IDC polarization analysis for
three-component stations.
</description>
</plugin>
<binding name="FX-DFX" module="global">
<description>
Implementation of the CTBTO/IDC polarization analysis for
three-component stations.
</description>
<configuration>
<group name="fx">
<description>
Feature extraction types, e.g. for scautopick.
</description>
<group name="DFX">
<description>
Three component feature extraction algorithm ported from the
automatic processing system implemented at CTBTO/IDC. The
documentation of the methods is not publically available.
In case of questions and comments, please contact CTBTO by
email: support@ctbto.org.
</description>
<group name="filter">
<description>
Butterworth filter options of the bandpass.
</description>
<parameter name="order" type="int" default="3">
<description>
The order of the filter.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="loFreq" type="double" default="1" unit="Hz">
<description>
The lower cut-off frequency. A negative value or zero
will disable a lower cut-off frequency.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="hiFreq" type="double" default="3" unit="Hz">
<description>
The upper cut-off frequency. A negative value or zero
will disable a upper cut-off frequency.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="polar">
<parameter name="window" type="double" default="1.5" unit="s">
<description>
Length of the covariance window in seconds.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="overlap" type="double" default="0.5">
<description>
The fraction of the covariance window to overlap.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="alpha" type="double" default="0.3">
<description>
A station-dependent parameter used to compute a polarization slowness estimate.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="ds" type="double" default="0.03">
<description>
A station-dependent parameter used to compute the back azimuth and slowness errors.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="dk" type="double" default="0.1">
<description>
A station-dependent parameter used to compute the back azimuth and slowness errors.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
</group>
</configuration>
</binding>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<plugin name="FixedHypocenter">
<extends>global</extends>
<description>Locator for re-computing source time with fixed hypocenter</description>
<configuration>
<group name="FixedHypocenter">
<description>
Locator parameters: FixedHypocenter
</description>
<parameter name="profiles" type="list:string" default="LOCSAT/iasp91,LOCSAT/tab">
<description>
Defines a list of available travel time tables. Each item
is a tuple separated by a slash with format &quot;[interface]/[model]&quot;.
Built-in interfaces are &quot;LOCSAT&quot; and &quot;libtau&quot;.
Other interfaces might be added via plugins. Please check their
documentation for the required interface name.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="usePickUncertainties" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Whether to use pick time uncertainties rather than a fixed
time error. If true, then the uncertainties are retrieved from
each individual pick object. If they are not defined, then the
default pick time uncertainty as defined by defaultTimeError
will be used instead.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="defaultTimeError" type="double" default="1.0" unit="s">
<description>
The default pick time uncertainty if pick uncertainties are
not going to be used or if they are absent.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="degreesOfFreedom" type="int" default="8">
<description>
Number of degrees of freedom used for error estimate.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="confLevel" type="double" default="0.9">
<description>
Confidence level between 0.5 and 1.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</configuration>
</plugin>
</seiscomp>

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<plugin name="homogeneous">
<extends>global</extends>
<description>
Travel-times for a homogeneous velocity model
</description>
<configuration>
<extend-struct type="ttt profile" match-name="homogeneous">
<struct type="table profile">
<description>
Parameters defining the area where the profile applies
and the P/S velocities. Once defined, the profile can
be registered in ttt.homogeneous.tables
</description>
<parameter name="origin" type="list:double" unit="deg">
<description>
Geographic origin of the region. Expects 2 values:
latitude, longitude.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="radius" type="double" unit="km">
<description>
Radius validity of the region.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="minDepth" type="double" unit="km">
<description>
Min Depth validity of the region.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maxDepth" type="double" unit="km">
<description>
Max Depth validity of the region.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="P-velocity" type="double" unit="km/s">
<description>
P wave velocity.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="S-velocity" type="double" unit="km/s">
<description>
S wave velocity.
</description>
</parameter>
</struct>
</extend-struct>
</configuration>
</plugin>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<plugin name="Hypo71">
<extends>global</extends>
<description>
The traditional Hypo71PC locator with SeisComP.
</description>
<configuration>
<group name="hypo71">
<description>
Locator parameters: Hypo71
</description>
<parameter name="logFile" type="string" default="@LOGDIR@/HYPO71.LOG">
<description>
Temporary file used by Hypo71 to store calculation logs.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="inputFile" type="string" default="@DATADIR@/hypo71/HYPO71.INP">
<description>
Temporary file to write Hypo71 input data to.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="outputFile" type="string" default="@DATADIR@/hypo71/HYPO71.PRT">
<description>
Temporary output file to read Hypo71 location data from.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="defaultControlFile" type="string" default="@DATADIR@/hypo71/profiles/default.hypo71.conf">
<description>
Hypo71 default profile.
If no custom profile is specified, this profile will be used by the plugin when proceeding to a localization.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="hypo71ScriptFile" type="string" default="@DATADIR@/hypo71/run.sh">
<description>
Bash script executed when calling the Hypo71 locator plugin for locating the earthquake.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="profiles" type="list:string">
<description>
Hypo71 profile name.
Multiples names may be set. They must be separated by comma.
Each profile can have different velocity or parameters.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="profile">
<description>
Profiles containing the profile-specific velocity model and the Hypo71 parameters.
</description>
<struct type="Hypo71 profile" link = "hypo71.profiles">
<parameter name="earthModelID" type="string">
<description>
Profile's velocity model name.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="methodID" type="string" default="Hypo71">
<description>
Profile's method.
It is generally the locator's name (Hypo71).
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="controlFile" type="string">
<description>
File containing the profile parameters.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="fixStartDepthOnly" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
If the depth is requested to be fixed (e.g. by ticking the option
in scolv) the plugin performs only one location starting at
specified depth but with free depth evaluation. This option
defines whether it should really fix the depth (false) or
use this fixed depth only as starting point (true).
</description>
</parameter>
</struct>
</group>
<parameter name="publicID" type="string">
<description>Custom patternID to use when generating origin publicID</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="useHypo71PatternID" type="boolean">
<description>Specifies if the given publicD should be used for generating origin publicID</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</configuration>
</plugin>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<plugin name="iLoc">
<extends>global</extends>
<description>
Locator in SeisComP implemented by the plugin lociloc.
</description>
<configuration>
<group name="iLoc">
<description>
Locator parameters: iLoc
</description>
<parameter name="auxDir" type="string" default="@DATADIR@/iloc/iLocAuxDir">
<description>
iLoc directory for auxialiary files and directories. Some
of them must be provided from the iLoc website. Read the
documentation for their installation.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="usePickUncertainties" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Whether to use pick time uncertainties (true) or to use the
default timing error (false).
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="defaultTimeError" type="double" default="9999999" unit="s">
<description>
The default pick time error forwarded to iLoc if no pick time
uncertainties are set or if using the pick time uncertainties
is disabled.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="profiles" type="list:string" default="iasp91,ak135">
<description>
iLoc profile name.
Multiples names may be set separated by comma.
Each profile can have different velocity or parameters.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="profile">
<description>
Profiles containing the specific locator parameters. For
the global models, iasp91 and ak135, profiles are
automatically considered with defaults.
To adjust the profile parameters the corresponding profile
must be created.
</description>
<struct type="iLoc profile" link = "iLoc.profiles">
<parameter name="Verbose" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="globalModel" type="string" default="">
<description>
Name of globally applied velocity model
into which RSTT or the local model is integrated. If
unset, the name of the profile is considered instead.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="UseRSTT" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Use regional seismic travel-time tables
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="UseRSTTPnSn" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Use regional seismic travel-time tables for Pn and Sn
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="UseRSTTPgLg" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Use regional seismic travel-time tables for Pg and Lg
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="UseLocalTT" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Use local velocity model if defined in LocalVmodel.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="LocalVmodel" type="string" default="">
<description>
Full path to a file containing the local velocity model.
Requires: UseLocalTT = true. Empty string or unset or
UseLocalTT = false disables using a local model in
this profile.
Example:
@DATADIR@/iloc/iLocAuxDir/localmodels/model.localmodel.dat.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="MaxLocalTTDelta" type="float" default="3" unit="deg">
<description>
Maximum epicentral distance for applying the local
velocity model.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="DoGridSearch" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Perform neighbourhood algorithm
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="NAsearchRadius" type="float" default="5" unit="deg">
<description>
Neighbourhood Algorithm: Search radius around initial
epicentre
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="NAsearchDepth" type="float" default="300" unit="km">
<description>
Neighbourhood Algorithm: Search radius around initial
depth
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="NAsearchOT" type="float" default="30" unit="s">
<description>
Neighbourhood Algorithm: Search radius around initial
origin time
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="NAlpNorm" type="float" default="1">
<description>
Neighbourhood Algorithm: p-value for norm to compute
misfit [1,2]
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="NAiterMax" type="integer" default="5">
<description>
Neighbourhood Algorithm: Maximum number of iterations
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="NAcells" type="integer" default="25">
<description>
Neighbourhood Algorithm: Number of cells to be resampled
at each iteration
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="NAinitialSample" type="integer" default="1000" unit="">
<description>
Neighbourhood Algorithm: Size of initial sample
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="NAnextSample" type="integer" default="100" unit="">
<description>
Neighbourhood Algorithm: Size of subsequent samples
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="MinDepthPhases" type="integer" default="3" unit="">
<description>
Depth resolution: Minimum number of depth phases for depdp
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="MaxLocalDistDeg" type="float" default="0.2" unit="deg">
<description>
Depth resolution: Maximum local distance
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="MinLocalStations" type="integer" default="1">
<description>
Depth resolution: Minimum number of local defining stations
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="MaxSPDistDeg" type="float" default="2.0" unit="deg">
<description>
Depth resolution: Maximum distance for using S-P travel-time differences.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="MinSPpairs" type="integer" default="3">
<description>
Depth resolution: Minimum number of defining S-P phase pairs
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="MinCorePhases" type="integer" default="3">
<description>
Depth resolution: Minimum number of defining core reflection phases
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="MaxShallowDepthError" type="float" default="30.0" unit="km">
<description>
Depth resolution: Maximum depth error for crustal free-depth
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="MaxDeepDepthError" type="float" default="60.0" unit="km">
<description>
Depth resolution: Maximum depth error for deep free-depth
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="DoCorrelatedErrors" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Linearized inversion: Account for correlated errors
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="SigmaThreshold" type="float" default="6.0" unit="s">
<description>
Linearized inversion: Used to exclude big residuals from solution
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="AllowDamping" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Linearized inversion: Allow damping of model vector
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="MinIterations" type="integer" default="4">
<description>
Linearized inversion: Minimum number of iterations
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="MaxIterations" type="integer" default="20">
<description>
Linearized inversion: Maximum number of iterations
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="MinNdefPhases" type="integer" default="4">
<description>
Linearized inversion: Minimum number of defining phases
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="DoNotRenamePhases" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Linearized inversion: Do not rename phases. Deactivating
allows to rename the phases automatically for this
profile.
</description>
</parameter>
</struct>
</group>
</group>
</configuration>
</plugin>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<plugin name="LocExt">
<extends>global</extends>
<description>
Locator which forwards the processing to external scripts
</description>
<configuration>
<group name="ExternalLocator">
<description>
Locator parameters: External. This locator requires the plugin
&quot;locext&quot; to be loaded.
</description>
<parameter name="profiles" type="list:string">
<description>
A list of profiles defined as tuples of name
and path to a script separated by colon.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</configuration>
</plugin>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<plugin name="LocRouter">
<extends>global</extends>
<description>
Meta locator routing location requests of picks and origins to actual
locator implementations.
</description>
<configuration>
<group name="RouterLocator">
<description>
Locator parameters: Router. This locator requires the plugin
&quot;locrouter&quot; to be loaded.
</description>
<parameter name="regions" type="string">
<description>
A GeoJSON or BNA file defining locator profiles by region.
Supported polygon attributes:
name: Name of polygon
locator: Name of the locator interface
profile: Name of the locator specific profile
minDepth: Minimum depth in km
maxDepth: Minimum depth in km
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="initial">
<description>
Configuration of initial locator used to create an
initial solution based on a pick set. If a solution is
found, relocate of the actual locator configured in the
region file is invoked.
</description>
<parameter name="locator" type="string">
<description>
Name of the initial locator interface, e.g., LOCSAT.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="profile" type="string">
<description>
Profile name of the initial locator, e.g., iasp91.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
</configuration>
</plugin>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<plugin name="LOCSAT">
<extends>global</extends>
<description>
Locator in SeisComP for computing source time and hypocenter
coordinates from phase picks.
</description>
<configuration>
<group name="LOCSAT">
<description>
Locator parameters: LOCSAT
</description>
<parameter name="profiles" type="list:string" default="iasp91, tab">
<description>
Defines a list of available LOCSAT travel-time tables.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="depthInit" type="double" default="20.0" unit="km">
<description>
The initial depth estimate for LOCSAT.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="usePickUncertainties" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Whether to use pick time untertainties for arrival deltim rather
than a fixed time error. If true then the uncertainties are
retrieved from each individual pick object. If they are not
defined then the default pick time uncertainty will be used
as fallback.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="defaultTimeError" type="double" default="1.0" unit="s">
<description>
The default pick time uncertainty assigned to LOCSAT's arrival deltim
attribute if pick uncertainties are not going to be used or
if they are absent. A time uncertainty of 0 s may result in
errors of the SVD decomposition in LOCSAT.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="usePickBackazimuth" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Whether to forward pick backazimuth to LOCSAT or not. In an
automatic mode backazimuth measurements might be inaccurrate
and disabling their usage in LOCSAT can be controlled with
this parameter.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="usePickSlowness" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Whether to forward pick horizontal slowness to LOCSAT or not.
In an automatic mode slowness measurements might be
inaccurrate and disabling their usage in LOCSAT can be
controlled with this parameter.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="degreesOfFreedom" type="int" default="9999">
<description>
Number of degrees of freedom.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="confLevel" type="double" default="0.9">
<description>
Confidence level between 0.5 and 1.0.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="enableConfidenceEllipsoid" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Compute the confidence ellipsoid from covariance matrix in 3D.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</configuration>
</plugin>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<plugin name="mb">
<extends>global</extends>
<description>
Body wave magnitude at teleseismic distances
</description>
</plugin>
<binding name="mb" module="global">
<description>
Body wave magnitude at teleseismic distances measured at 1 s period.
</description>
<configuration>
<group name="magnitudes">
<group name="mb">
<description>
Parameters for computing mb magnitudes from mb amplitudes.
</description>
<parameter name="minDist" type="double" unit="deg" default="5">
<description>
Minimum epicentral distance for computing mb. Note: According
to the IASPEI recommendations in 2013, the minimum distance
should be 20 deg.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maxDist" type="double" unit="deg" default="105">
<description>
Maximum epicentral distance for computing mb.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
</configuration>
</binding>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<plugin name="mB_BB">
<extends>global</extends>
<description>
Body wave magnitude at teleseismic distances similar to mb
</description>
</plugin>
<binding name="mB_BB" module="global">
<description>
The body wave magnitude at teleseismic distances similar to mb.
</description>
<configuration>
<group name="magnitudes">
<group name="mB">
<description>
Parameters for computing mB magnitudes from mB amplitudes.
</description>
<parameter name="minDist" type="double" unit="deg" default="5">
<description>
Minimum epicentral distance for computing mB. Note: According
to the IASPEI recommendations in 2013, the minimum distance
should be 20 deg.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maxDist" type="double" unit="deg" default="105">
<description>
Maximum epicentral distance for computing mB.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
</configuration>
</binding>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<plugin name="mb_IDC">
<extends>global</extends>
<description>
Body wave magnitude computed at CTBTO/IDC (mb) is calculated for seismic
events from the time-defining primary body waves recorded at seismic
stations at an epicentral distance between 20 and 105 degrees
from the event.
</description>
</plugin>
<binding name="mb_IDC" module="global">
<description>
Body wave magnitude computed at CTBTO/IDC (mb) is calculated for seismic
events from the time-defining primary body waves recorded at seismic
stations at an epicentral distance between 20 and 105 degrees
from the event.
</description>
<configuration>
<group name="magnitudes">
<group name="mb(IDC)">
<parameter name="Q" type="path">
<description>
Location of the station specific Q table. If not
specified then @DATADIR@/magnitudes/IDC/qfvc.ml will be
used as fallback. {net}, {sta} and {loc} are placeholders
which will be replaced with the concrete network code,
station code and location code.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
</configuration>
</binding>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<plugin name="Md">
<extends>global</extends>
<description>
Duration magnitude plugin
</description>
</plugin>
<binding name="Md" module="global">
<description>
Duration magnitude plugin
</description>
<configuration>
<group name="magnitudes">
<group name="md">
<parameter name="seismo" type="int" default="9">
<description>
Default filter type to use before processing and after deconvolution. It's possible to set :
1 for a Wood-Anderson seismometer
2 for a 5sec generic Seismometer
3 for a WWSSN LP seismometer
4 for a WSSN SP seismometer
5 for a Generic Seismometer
6 for a Butterworth Low pass filter
7 for a Butterworth High pass filter
8 for a Butterworth Band pass filter
9 for a 1Hz eigen-frequency L4C seismometer
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="taper" type="double" default="5" unit="s">
<description>
taper applied to the signal
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="signal_length" type="double" default="150" unit="s">
<description>
signal length used to compute the duration magnitude
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="butterworth" type="string" default="&quot;3,1.5&quot;">
<description>
Butterworth filter parameter applied to the signal
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="depthmax" type="double" default="200" unit="km">
<description>
Maximum depth at which duration magnitude is valid
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="deltamax" type="double" default="400" unit="km">
<description>
Maximum distance between earthquake and station at which duration magnitude is valid
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="snrmin" type="double" default="1.2">
<description>
Signal to noise ratio below which the coda is reached
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="mdmax" type="double" default="5.0">
<description>
Maximum expected duration magnitude value
This is used to find how much data should be loaded for a given station by reversing the formula
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="fma" type="double" default="-0.87">
<description>
FMA regional coefficient
See Hypo2000 manual
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="fmb" type="double" default="2.0">
<description>
FMB regional coefficient
See Hypo2000 manual
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="fmd" type="double" default="0.0035">
<description>
FMD regional coefficient
See Hypo2000 manual
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="fmf" type="double" default="0.0">
<description>
FMF regional coefficient
See Hypo2000 manual
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="fmz" type="double" default="0.0">
<description>
FMZ regional coefficient
See Hypo2000 manual
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="linearcorrection" type="double" default="1.0">
<description>
Linear correction
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="offset" type="double" default="0.0">
<description>
Offset
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="stacor" type="double" default="0.0">
<description>
Station correction
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
</configuration>
</binding>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<plugin name="ML">
<extends>global</extends>
<description>
Standard local (Richter) magnitude
</description>
<configuration>
<extend-struct type="GlobalMagnitudeProfile" match-name="ML">
<extend-struct type="GlobalMagnitudeRegionProfile">
<parameter name="logA0" type="string">
<description>
Overrides the calibration function log10(A0)
for computing ML per region. See logA0
description in the bindings.
</description>
</parameter>
</extend-struct>
</extend-struct>
</configuration>
</plugin>
<binding name="ML" module="global">
<description>
Standard local (Richter) magnitude
</description>
<configuration>
<group name="amplitudes">
<group name="ML">
<description>
Parameters for measuring ML amplitudes. Add more parameters
by adding an amplitude type profile 'ML',
</description>
<parameter name="preFilter" type="string" default="">
<description>
The filter applied to raw records before applying
Wood-Anderson simulation. Default: no pre-filtering.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="measureType" type="string" default="AbsMax">
<description>
This parameter allows to set how the amplitude is measured.
Either by finding the absolute maximum of the demeaned
trace (AbsMax), the difference of maximum and minimum of
the signal window (MinMax) or the maximum peak-trough
of one cycle (PeakTrough).
Note that if absMax is already explicitly configured, this
parameter has no effect.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="combiner" type="string" default="average">
<description>
Defines the combiner operation for the amplitudes measured
on either both horizontal component. The default is to
use the average. Allowed values are: &quot;average&quot;,
&quot;min&quot;, &quot;max&quot; and &quot;geometric_mean&quot;.
&quot;geometric_mean&quot; corresponds to averaging single-trace
magnitudes instead of their amplitudes.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
<group name="magnitudes">
<group name="ML">
<description>
Parameters for computing ML magnitudes from ML amplitudes.
</description>
<parameter name="logA0" type="string" default="0:-1.3,60:-2.8,100:-3.0,400:-4.5,1000:-5.85">
<description>
The calibration function log10(A0).
Format: any list of distance-value pairs separated by
comma. Values within pairs are separated by colon.
Example: &quot;0:-1.3,60:-2.8,100:-3.0,400:-4.5,1000:-5.85&quot;
specifies 4 distance intervals from
0...60, 60...100, 100...400 and 400...1000 km distance.
Within these intervals log10(A0) is interpolated linearly
between -1.3...-2.8, -2.8...-3.0, -3.0...-4.5 and -4.5...-5.8,
respectively.
Note: The first and last distance samples limit the
maximum distance range for computing ML.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maxDistanceKm" type="double" unit="km" default="-1.0">
<description>
Maximum epicentral distance for computing ML.
No distance limitation for maxDistanceKm = -1.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
</configuration>
</binding>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<plugin name="ML_IDC">
<extends>global</extends>
<description>
CTBTO/IDC local magnitude.
</description>
</plugin>
<binding name="ML_IDC" module="global">
<description>
CTBTO/IDC local magnitude.
</description>
<configuration>
<group name="magnitudes">
<group name="ML(IDC)">
<parameter name="A" type="path">
<description>
Location of the station specific attenuation table. If not
specified then @DATADIR@/magnitudes/IDC/global.ml will be
used as fallback. {net}, {sta} and {loc} are placeholders
which will be replaced with the concrete network code,
station code and location code.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
</configuration>
</binding>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,288 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<plugin name="MLc">
<extends>global</extends>
<description>
Custom magnitude for local events measured on horizontal components
</description>
<configuration>
<extend-struct type="GlobalMagnitudeProfile" match-name="MLc">
<extend-struct type="GlobalMagnitudeRegionProfile">
<parameter name="distMode" type="string">
<description>
Considered distance measure between source and receiver.
Possible values are
hypocentral: hypocentral distance
epicentral: epicentral distance
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="calibrationType" type="string" unit="">
<description>
Type of magnitude calibration formula to be considered.
The calibration parameters are considered accordingly.
Currently supported are
&quot;parametric&quot;: consider parameters of parametric
configuration in parametric section
&quot;A0&quot;: consider parameters of non-parametric
configuration in A0 section.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="A0">
<description>
Parameters for A0, non-parametric magnitude calibration.
</description>
<parameter name="logA0" type="string">
<description>
Overrides the calibration function log10(A0)
for computing MLc per region. See logA0
description in the bindings.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="parametric">
<description>
Parameters for parametric magnitude calibration:
MLc = log10(A) + c3 * log10(r/c5) + c2 * (r + c4) + c1 + c0(station)
</description>
<parameter name="c0" type="double">
<description>
Overrides the calibration parameter c0
for computing MLc per region. See c0
description in the bindings.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="c1" type="double">
<description>
Overrides the calibration parameter c1
for computing MLc per region. See c1
description in the bindings.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="c2" type="double">
<description>
Overrides the calibration parameter c2
for computing MLc per region. See c2
description in the bindings.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="c3" type="double">
<description>
Overrides the calibration parameter c3
for computing MLc per region. See c3
description in the bindings.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="c4" type="double">
<description>
Overrides the calibration parameter c4
for computing MLc per region. See c4
description in the bindings.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="c5" type="double">
<description>
Overrides the calibration parameter c5
for computing MLc per region. See c5
description in the bindings.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</extend-struct>
</extend-struct>
</configuration>
</plugin>
<binding name="MLc" module="global">
<description>
Custom magnitude for local events measured on horizontal components
</description>
<configuration>
<group name="amplitudes">
<group name="MLc">
<description>
Parameters for measuring MLc amplitudes. Add more parameters
by adding an amplitude type profile 'MLc',
</description>
<parameter name="preFilter" type="string" default="BW(3,0.5,12)">
<description>
The filter applied to raw records before applying
Wood-Anderson simulation.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="applyWoodAnderson" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Applying Wood-Anderson simulation. To achieve displacement
records without WA simulation, an integration filter can
be applied with the pre-filter.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="amplitudeScale" type="string" default="1.0">
<description>
Scaling value multiplied to the measured amplitudes to
match the amplitude units expected by the magnitude
calibration function.
Expected amplitudes are
in units of mym but actual amplitudes provided from
Wood-Anderson-corrected seismograms are in units of mm:
amplitudeScale = 1000.
If data are not corrected for WA, measured amplitudes
take the unit of gain-corrected data considering the
preFilter:
amplitudeScale converts between units of measured and
excpected amplitude.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="measureType" type="string" default="AbsMax">
<description>
Type for measuring amplitudes. Available:
AbsMax: absolute maximum
MinMax: half difference between absolute maximum and minimum
PeakTrough: half difference between maximum and minimum
on a half cycle
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="combiner" type="string" default="max">
<description>
Define how to combine the amplitudes measured on both
horizontals components:
min: take the minimum
max: take the maxium
avgerage: form the average
geometric_mean: form the geometric mean
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
<group name="magnitudes">
<group name="MLc">
<description>
Parameters for computing MLc magnitudes from MLc amplitudes.
</description>
<parameter name="distMode" type="string" default="hypocentral">
<description>
Considered distance measure between source and receiver.
Possible values are
hypocentral: hypocentral distance
epicentral: epicentral distance
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="minDist" type="double" default="-1.0" unit="deg">
<description>
The minimum distance for computing magnitudes from amplitudes.
Negative values deactivate the check.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maxDist" type="double" default="8" unit="deg">
<description>
The maximum distance for computing magnitudes from amplitudes.
Negative values deactivate the check.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maxDepth" type="double" default="80" unit="km">
<description>
The maximum source depth up to which magnitudes are computed.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="calibrationType" type="string" default="&quot;parametric&quot;" unit="">
<description>
Type of magnitude calibration formula to be considered.
The calibration parameters are considered accordingly.
Currently supported are
&quot;parametric&quot;: consider parameters of parametric
configuration in parametric section
&quot;A0&quot;: consider parameters of non-parametric
configuration in A0 section.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="A0">
<description>
Parameters for A0, non-parametric magnitude calibration.
Considered if magnitude.MLc.calibrationType = "A0".
</description>
<parameter name="logA0" type="string" default="0:-1.3,60:-2.8,100:-3.0,400:-4.5,1000:-5.85">
<description>
The non-parametric calibration function log10(A0).
Format: any list of distance-value pairs separated by
comma. Values within pairs are separated by colon.
Example: &quot;0:-1.3,60:-2.8,100:-3.0,400:-4.5,1000:-5.85&quot;
specifies 4 distance intervals from
0...60, 60...100, 100...400 and 400...1000 km distance.
Within these intervals log10(A0) is interpolated linearly
between -1.3...-2.8, -2.8...-3.0, -3.0...-4.5 and -4.5...-5.8,
respectively.
Note: The first and last distance samples limit the
maximum distance range for computing MLv.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="parametric">
<description>
Parameters for parametric magnitude calibration:
MLc = log10(A) + c3 * log10(r/c5) + c2 * (r + c4) + c1 + c0(station)
Considered if magnitude.MLc.calibrationType = "parametric".
</description>
<parameter name="c0" type="double" default="0.0">
<description>
Station correction. This is the calibration value 'c0'
applied in the
parametric magnitude calibration formula.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="c1" type="double" default="0.69">
<description>
The calibration value 'c1' applied in the
parametric magnitude calibration formula.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="c2" type="double" default="0.00095">
<description>
The calibration value 'c2' applied in the
magnitude calibration formula
parametric magnitude calibration formula.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="c3" type="double" default="1.11">
<description>
The calibration value 'c3' applied in the
parametric magnitude calibration formula.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="c4" type="double" default="0.0">
<description>
The calibration value 'c4' applied in the
parametric magnitude calibration formula.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="c5" type="double" default="1.0">
<description>
The calibration value 'c5' applied in the
parametric magnitude calibration formula.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
</group>
</configuration>
</binding>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<plugin name="MLh">
<extends>global</extends>
<description>
The MLh plugin (previously MLsed) is designed to compute amplitudes
and magnitudes according to the Swiss Seismological Service (SED)
standards.
</description>
</plugin>
<binding name="MLh" module="global">
<description>
The MLh plugin (previously MLsed) is designed to compute amplitudes
and magnitudes according to the Swiss Seismological Service (SED)
standards. It is a modified version of the gempa ML plugin developed
at the Liverpool developer meeting.
</description>
<configuration>
<group name="amplitudes">
<group name="MLh">
<parameter name="maxavg" type="string" default="max">
<description>
Define combiner operation for both horizontals (min, max, avg).
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="ClippingThreshold" type="double">
<description>
MLh clipping level, in raw counts, eg. 80% of 2^23 = 6710886.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
<group name="magnitudes">
<group name="MLh">
<parameter name="params" type="string">
<description>
Defines attenuation parameters for MLh.
Format: &quot;UpToKilometers A B; UpToNextKilometers A B;&quot;.
Example: &quot;30 nomag; 60 0.018 2.17; 700 0.0038 3.02&quot;.
The first parameter set &quot;30 nomag&quot; means that up to 30km
from the sensor the magnitude should not be calculated.
Note: No MLh computation if params is empty.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maxDepth" type="double" unit="km" default="80" >
<description>
Maximum depth allowed to compute the magnitude. Make sure to
also update the MLh amplitude bindings accordingly to this
value. maxDepth should not be greater than 80km.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
</configuration>
</binding>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<plugin name="MLr">
<extends>global</extends>
<description>
The GNS/Geonet local magnitude
</description>
</plugin>
<binding name="MLr" module="global">
<configuration>
<group name="magnitudes">
<group name="MLr">
<description>
Parameter for computing MLr magnitudes for GNS/Geonet from MLv amplitudes.
</description>
<parameter name="params" type="string">
<description>
Defines Stations Corrections parameters for MLr (GNS/Geonet Local magnitude).
Format: &quot;UpToKilometers A ; UpToNextKilometers A ;&quot;.
Example: &quot;30 nomag; 60 0.018 ; 700 0.0038 &quot;.
The first parameter set &quot;30 nomag&quot; means that up to 30km
from the sensor the magnitude should not be calculated.
A is used as station correction.
"nomag" is used to disable station magnitudes.
Note: No MLr computation if params is empty.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
</configuration>
</binding>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<plugin name="MLv">
<extends>global</extends>
<description>
Local (Richter) magnitude measured on the vertical component
</description>
<configuration>
<extend-struct type="GlobalMagnitudeProfile" match-name="MLv">
<extend-struct type="GlobalMagnitudeRegionProfile">
<parameter name="logA0" type="string">
<description>
Overrides the calibration function log10(A0)
for computing MLv per region. See logA0
description in the bindings.
</description>
</parameter>
</extend-struct>
</extend-struct>
</configuration>
</plugin>
<binding name="MLv" module="global">
<description>
Local (Richter) magnitude measured on the vertical component
</description>
<configuration>
<group name="amplitudes">
<group name="MLv">
<description>
Parameters for measuring MLv amplitudes. Add more parameters
by adding an amplitude type profile 'MLv',
</description>
<parameter name="preFilter" type="string" default="">
<description>
The filter applied to raw records before applying
Wood-Anderson simulation. Default: no pre-filtering.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="measureType" type="string" default="AbsMax">
<description>
This parameter allows to set how the amplitude is measured.
Either by finding the absolute maximum of the demeaned
trace (AbsMax), the difference of maximum and minimum of
the signal window (MinMax) or the maximum peak-trough
of one cycle (PeakTrough).
Note that if absMax is already explicitly configured, this
parameter has no effect.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
<group name="magnitudes">
<group name="MLv">
<description>
Parameters for computing MLv magnitudes from MLv amplitudes.
</description>
<parameter name="logA0" type="string" default="0:-1.3,60:-2.8,100:-3.0,400:-4.5,1000:-5.85">
<description>
The calibration function log10(A0).
Format: any list of distance-value pairs separated by
comma. Values within pairs are separated by colon.
Example: &quot;0:-1.3,60:-2.8,100:-3.0,400:-4.5,1000:-5.85&quot;
specifies 4 distance intervals from
0...60, 60...100, 100...400 and 400...1000 km distance.
Within these intervals log10(A0) is interpolated linearly
between -1.3...-2.8, -2.8...-3.0, -3.0...-4.5 and -4.5...-5.8,
respectively.
Note: The first and last distance samples limit the
maximum distance range for computing MLv.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maxDistanceKm" type="double" unit="km" default="-1.0">
<description>
Maximum epicentral distance for computing MLv.
No distance limitation for maxDistanceKm=-1
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
</configuration>
</binding>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<plugin name="MN">
<extends>global</extends>
<description>
Nuttli magnitude for Canada and other Cratonic regions
</description>
<configuration>
<group name="amplitudes">
<group name="MN">
<description>
Amplitude control parameters for MN (Nuttli magnitude).
</description>
<parameter name="velocityModel" type="string" default="iasp91">
<description>
The travel time table set compiled for LocSAT. The tables
are located in &quot;share/locsat/tables/[vmodel].*&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
<group name="magnitudes">
<group name="MN">
<description>
Regionalization of MN (Nuttli magnitude).
</description>
<parameter name="region" type="path" default="@DATADIR@/magnitudes/MN/MN.bna">
<description>
The path to the BNA file which defines the valid region
for the MN magnitude. Note that the entire path from
source to receiver must lie entirely within the polygon(s).
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="offsetMw" type="double">
<description>
The offset applied to the MN network magnitude to
estimate Mw(MN). If not configured then no Mw estimation
will be applied.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
</configuration>
</plugin>
<binding name="MN" module="global">
<description>
</description>
<configuration>
<group name="amplitudes">
<group name="MN">
<description>
Parameters for measuring AMN amplitudes.
</description>
<parameter name="rms" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Whether to use RMS ratio of signal and noise window for
SNR computation or the ration of the peak-trough
amplitudes of either window.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="filter" type="string">
<description>
The configurable filter such that the V measurement is
made on a filtered trace. By default, filtering is not
enabled.
See https://docs.gempa.de/seiscomp/current/base/filter-grammar.html
for how to specify the filter.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="Vmin" type="double" default="3.2" unit="km/s">
<description>
The minimum phase velocity used to determine the signal
window end.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="Vmax" type="double" default="3.6" unit="km/s">
<description>
The maximum phase velocity used to determine the signal
window start.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="snrWindowSeconds" type="double" default="10" unit="s">
<description>
The length of the SNR window.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="noiseWindowPreSeconds" type="double" default="0" unit="s">
<description>
The offset of the noise window. A positive value will move
the computed noise window to the left on the time axis,
a negative value will move it to the right on the time axis.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="signalStartPriorities" type="list:string" default="Lg,Sg,Sn,S,Vmax">
<description>
The priority list of phase onsets to compute the signal
start window. Except for Vmin and Vmax, associated phases
(arrivals) must be present in the origin for this
particular phase. Picked phases are only considered if
the origin is a manual origin or the pick is a
manual pick. The first value in the list which can be
retrieved or computed, is selected.
Allowed tokens: Pg, Pn, P, Sg, Sn, S, Lg, Rg, Vmin, Vmax
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="signalEndPriorities" type="list:string" default="Rg,Vmin">
<description>
The priority list of phase onsets to compute the signal
end window. Except for Vmin and Vmax, associated phases
(arrivals) must be present in the origin for this
particular phase. Picked phases are only considered if
the origin is a manual origin or the pick is a
manual pick. The first value in the list which can be
retrieved or computed, is selected.
Allowed tokens: Pg, Pn, P, Sg, Sn, S, Lg, Rg, Vmin, Vmax
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
<group name="magnitudes">
<group name="MN">
<description>
Parameters for computing MN magnitudes from AMN amplitudes.
</description>
<parameter name="minSNR" type="double" default="2">
<description>
The minimum SNR required for a magnitude to pass
the QC check. The station magnitude will be computed
anyway but if the SNR is below this threshold it will
be associated with weight zero and will not contribute
to the network magnitude.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="minPeriod" type="double" default="0.01" unit="s">
<description>
The minimum period required for a magnitude to pass
the QC check. The station magnitude will be computed
anyway but if the period is below this threshold it will
be associated with weight zero and will not contribute
to the network magnitude.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maxPeriod" type="double" default="1.3" unit="s">
<description>
The maximum period allowed for a magnitude to pass
the QC check. The station magnitude will be computed
anyway but if the period is above this threshold it will
be associated with weight zero and will not contribute
to the network magnitude.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="minDist" type="double" default="0.5" unit="deg">
<description>
The minimum distance required for a magnitude to pass
the QC check. The station magnitude will be computed
anyway but if the distance is below this threshold it
will be associated with weight zero and will not contribute
to the network magnitude.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maxDist" type="double" default="30" unit="deg">
<description>
The maximum distance allowed for a magnitude to be
computed. If the distance exceeds this threshold then
the computation will be canceled and no station
magnitude will be available at all.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
</configuration>
</binding>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<plugin name="Ms_20">
<extends>global</extends>
<description>
Surface wave magnitude measured at around 20 s
</description>
</plugin>
<binding name="Ms_20" module="global">
<description>
The surface wave magnitude measured on the vertical component
at around 20 s period.
</description>
<configuration>
<group name="amplitudes">
<group name="Ms_20">
<description>
Parameters for computing Ms_20 amplitudes.
</description>
<parameter name="minVelocity" type="double" unit="km/s" default="3">
<description>
Minimum group velocity used to compute signal time window.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maxVelocity" type="double" unit="km/s" default="4">
<description>
Maximum group velocity used to compute signal time window.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
<group name="magnitudes">
<group name="Ms_20">
<description>
Parameters for computing Ms_20 magnitudes from Ms_20 amplitudes.
</description>
<parameter name="lowerPeriod" type="double" unit="s" default="18">
<description>
Lower period limit of the signal for computing Ms_20.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="upperPeriod" type="double" unit="s" default="22">
<description>
Upper period limit of the signal for computing Ms_20.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="minDist" type="double" unit="deg" default="20">
<description>
Minimum epicentral distance for computing Ms_20.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maxDist" type="double" unit="deg" default="160">
<description>
Maximum epicentral distance for computing Ms_20.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maxDepth" type="double" unit="km" default="100">
<description>
Maximum depth for computing Ms_20.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
</configuration>
</binding>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<plugin name="NonLinLoc">
<extends>global</extends>
<description>
NonLinLoc locator wrapper plugin for SeisComP.
NonLinLoc was written by Anthony Lomax (http://alomax.free.fr/nlloc).
</description>
<configuration>
<group name="NonLinLoc">
<parameter name="publicID" type="string" default="NLL.@time/%Y%m%d%H%M%S.%f@.@id@">
<description>
PublicID creation pattern for an origin created by NonLinLoc.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="outputPath" type="path" default="/tmp/sc3.nll">
<description>
Defines the output path for all native NonLinLoc input and output files.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="saveInput" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Save input files *.obs in outputPath for later processing.
Setting to false reduces file i/o and saves disk space.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="saveIntermediateOutput" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Save output files in outputPath for later processing or
for viewing by the Seismicity Viewer.
Setting to false reduces file i/o and saves disk space.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="controlFile" type="path">
<description>
The default NonLinLoc control file to use.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="defaultPickError" type="double" default="0.5" unit="s">
<description>
The default pick error in seconds passed to NonLinLoc if a SeisComP pick
object does not provide pick time uncertainties.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="fixedDepthGridSpacing" type="double" default="0.1" unit="km">
<description>
Since NLL does not support fixing the depth natively so this
feature is emulated by settings the Z grid very tight around
the depth to be fixed. This value sets the Z grid spacing.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="allowMissingStations" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Picks from stations with missing configuration will be
ignored. The origin will be relocated without that pick
if possible.
If set to false, the plug-in throws
an excepection without locating.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="profiles" type="list:string">
<description>
Defines a list of active profiles to be used by the plugin.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="profile">
<struct type="NonLinLoc profile" link = "NonLinLoc.profiles">
<description>
Defines a regional profile that is used if a prelocation falls
inside the configured region.
</description>
<parameter name="earthModelID" type="string">
<description>
earthModelID that is stored in the created origin.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="methodID" type="string" default="NonLinLoc">
<description>
methodID that is stored in the created origin.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="tablePath" type="path">
<description>
Path to travel time tables (grids).
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="stationNameFormat" type="string" default="@STA@">
<description>
Format of the station name used to select the right travel time table (grid) file
for a station.
By default only the station code is used (e.g. tablePath.P.@STA@.time.*), but
that doesn't allow to distinguish between multiple network codes or location codes
that use the same station code.
To overcome this limitation this parameter could be set in a more general way, for
example @NET@_@STA@_@LOC@. In this way NonLinLoc will look for
travel time table (grid) files of the form: tablePath.P.@NET@_@STA@_@LOC@.time.*
Where @NET@ @STA@ @LOC@ are just placeholder for the actual codes
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="controlFile" type="path">
<description>
Control file of the current profile. If not set, the default
control file will be used instead.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="transform" type="string" default="GLOBAL">
<description>
Transformation type of the configured region. Supported are
SIMPLE and GLOBAL.
Default: GLOBAL is assumed.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="region" type="list:double">
<description>
Defines the 4 corner values of the epicentral region for selecting the profile.
The original epicentre must be within the region.
If transform is GLOBAL: min_lat, min_lon, max_lat, max_lon.
The values define the geographic corner coordinates. Unit is degree.
If transform is SIMPLE: xmin, ymin, xmax, ymax.
The values define the region relative to the configured origin.
Unit is km.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="origin" type="list:double" unit="deg">
<description>
Only used for transformation SIMPLE. Expects 2 values: latitude, longitude.
The value define the geographic origin of the area spanned by region.
Unit is degree.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="rotation" type="double" unit="deg">
<description>
Only used for transformation SIMPLE. Defines the rotation around the
origin of the defined region.
</description>
</parameter>
</struct>
</group>
</group>
</configuration>
</plugin>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<plugin name="S-AIC">
<extends>global</extends>
<description>
The S-AIC plugin computes S picks triggered by P picks by
computing a running AIC. It works on the L2-norm of the
horizontal components. S-AIC-V works on the vertical component.
</description>
</plugin>
<binding name="S-AIC" module="global">
<configuration>
<group name="spicker">
<group name="AIC">
<description>
AIC is an algorithm to pick S-phases based on an existing
P-phase. In module configuration use the spicker interface name
"S-AIC" for picking on the horizontal components or
"S-AIC-V" for picking on the vertical comonent. Add the plugins
&quot;saic&quot; for the detector and &quot;spickdbg&quot; for
the graphical debugger to globel module configuration.
</description>
<parameter name="noiseBegin" type="double" default="-10" unit="s">
<description>
Start time of the signal processing relative to the triggering
P pick. This adds a margin to the actual processing and is useful
to initialize the filter (e.g. STALTA). The data is not used
at all for detection until signalBegin is reached.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="signalBegin" type="double" default="1" unit="s">
<description>
Start time of the S-phase detector relative to the triggering
P pick. Delaying the detector ignores P-coda and early signals,
e.g. due to P-S phase conversions at shallow depths.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="signalEnd" type="double" default="60" unit="s">
<description>
End time of the S-phase detector relative to the triggering
P pick.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="filter" type="string" default="&quot;RMHP(1)>>ITAPER(2)>>BW(3,3,8)&quot;">
<description>
Filter applied on the raw horizontal traces to compute
the L2 trace. As a minimum remove offsets. S-AIC-V,
filters the raw vertical trace computing the filtered
vertical trace.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="detecFilter" type="string" default="">
<description>
Filter applied on the L2 trace before detection (S-AIC)
or filtered vertical trace (S-AIC-V). For S-AIC-V either
configure filter or detecFilter.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="step" type="double" default="1" unit="s">
<description>
The AIC time window stepping in seconds. For every step
the window is expanded by step and the AIC is computed.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="minSNR" type="double" default="5">
<description>
Mininum SNR as returned from AIC for accepting a
detection.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="minCnt" type="int" default="3">
<description>
Minimum number of hits for a particular pick time
when the running AIC is computed for accepting a
detection.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="uncertainty" type="string" unit="s">
<description>
Defines the pick time uncertainty. Either a symmetric
uncertainty as single number or an asymmetric uncertainty
in the following format: &quot;(0.5,0.25)&quot;. The first
value: uncertainty befor the pick, second value: uncertainty
after the pick.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
</configuration>
</binding>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<plugin name="StdLoc">
<extends>global</extends>
<description>
Generic locator plugin for SeisComP.
</description>
<configuration>
<group name="StdLoc">
<description>
Locator parameters: StdLoc. This locator requires the plugin
&quot;stdloc&quot; to be loaded.
</description>
<parameter name="profiles" type="list:string" default="">
<description>
Defines a list of profiles to make available to the plugin.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="profile">
<struct type="stdloc profile" link = "StdLoc.profiles">
<parameter name="method" type="string" default="LeastSquares" values="LeastSquares,GridSearch,OctTree,GridSearch+LeastSquares,OctTree+LeastSquares">
<description>
The location method to use: LeastSquares, GridSearch,
OctTree, GridSearch+LeastSquares or OctTree+LeastSquares.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="tableType" type="string" default="LOCSAT">
<description>
Travel time table format type. Also consider
&quot;tableModel&quot;!
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="tableModel" type="string" default="iasp91">
<description>
The model to be used. The format depends on
&quot;tableType&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="PSTableOnly" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
If enabled the arrival travel time information are fetched
using 'P' and 'S' tables only and the user selected
specific phase type is not considered (e.g. Pg, Sg,
PmP, SmS, P1, S1, etc).
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="usePickUncertainties" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Use pick time uncertainties rather than a fixed
time error of XXX s. If true, an arrival weight is
associated according to the uncertainty of the pick
and &quot;pickUncertaintyClasses&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="pickUncertaintyClasses" type="list:string" unit="s" default="0.000,0.025,0.050,0.100,0.200,0.400">
<description>
Comma-separated list of time limits of uncertainty
classes from which, along with pick time uncertainties,
arrival weights are computed. The first value
defines the lower limit of class 0.
The interval into which a pick time uncertainty falls
defines the index of the uncertainty class starting
with 0.
The corresponding arrival weight is computed as:
weight = 1 / 2^(index).
Example: A pick with a time uncertainty of 0.15 s is
within the 4th interval ranging from 0.1 to 0.2 s.
The class index is then 3.
If pick uncertainty is absent, the highest class index
applies.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="confLevel" type="double" default="0.9" range="0.5,1.0">
<description>
Confidence level, between 0.5 and 1.0, used in
computing the hypocenter confidence ellipsoid.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="enableConfidenceEllipsoid" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Compute the hypocenter confidence ellipsoid. Disable
this optional parameter to save some computation time.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="GridSearch">
<description>
Parameters controlling the GridSearch and OctTree methods.
</description>
<parameter name="center" type="list:string" unit="deg,deg,km" default="auto,auto,20">
<description>
Grid center defined as: latitude,longitude,depth. The
special value "auto" can be used and the corresponding latitude, longitude
and/or depth will be automatically computed as the average of the arrival
station locations.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="size" type="list:string" unit="km" default="40,40,30">
<description>
Grid size in km defined as: X,Y,Z
direction extents around the &quot;GridSearch.center&quot;,
where X is the longitudinal extent, Y the
latitudinal extent and Z the vertical extent.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="numPoints" type="list:string" default="">
<description>
Number of grid points in X, Y, Z
direction. The first and last points are on the
grid boundary unless the number of points is 1
and the point will be in the grid center.
Format: numX,numY,numZ.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="misfitType" type="string" default="L1" values="L1,L2">
<description>The type of misfit to use, from which
the likelihood function is derived: L1 or L2 norm.
L1 is less sensitive to outliers and so more
suitable with automatic picks, L2 is the preferred
choice for manual picks.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="travelTimeError" type="double" unit="s" default="0.25">
<description>
Typical error in seconds for travel times to
stations. The value affects the uncertainty
of the location. In OctTree it also influences
the probability density computation: too
conservative values increase the number of
iterations required by OctTree to converge
to a high resolution solution.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="OctTree">
<description>
Parameters controlling the OctTree method. OctTree
uses the parameters defined in GridSearch, but
applies the OctTree search algorithm on the grid.
The starting cells of the OctTree search are created by
dividing the initial grid in equally sized cells.
The grid points becomes the cell vertices.
Resulting number of cells in each direction:
&quot;GridSearch.numPoints&quot; - 1.
</description>
<parameter name="maxIterations" type="int" default="50000">
<description>
Maximum number of iterations after which the
search stops. Zero or negatives values disable
the stopping.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="minCellSize" type="double" unit="km" default="0.1">
<description>
Minimum cell size to be generate by the OctTree
search to stop. A zero or negative value disable
this stopping mechanism.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="LeastSquares">
<description>
Parameters controlling the LeastSquares method.
</description>
<parameter name="depthInit" type="double" default="20">
<description>
The initial depth estimate when no initial
hypocenter is provided. Used only with
'LeastSquares'.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="iterations" type="int" default="20">
<description>
Number of iterations. Each iteration will
use the location and time from the previous
Least Squares solution.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="dampingFactor" type="double" default="0.0">
<description>
Damping factor to be used when solving the
system of equations.
0: no damping.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="solverType" type="string" default="LSMR" values="LSMR,LSQR">
<description>
Algorithm to use: either LSMR or LSQR.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</struct>
</group>
</group>
</configuration>
</plugin>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="import_inv" category="Inventory">
<description>Import inventory information from various sources.</description>
<configuration>
</configuration>
<command-line>
<synopsis>
import_inv [FORMAT] input [output]
import_inv help [topic]
</synopsis>
<description>
The first form takes the format as first parameter and the input
and output location. The input location is either a file or directory
depending on the format and its converter. If the output is not
given it defaults to seiscomp/etc/inventory/{input}.xml. To write
the output to stdout, &quot;-&quot; must be used.
The second form provides help on a particular topic. The only topic
currently supported is "formats" which prints all available input
formats.
</description>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="inv2dlsv" category="Inventory" standalone="true">
<description>Converts SC3 inventory XML to dataless SEED.</description>
<command-line>
<synopsis>
inv2dlsv [in_xml [out_dataless]]
</synopsis>
<description>
If in_xml is not given, stdin is used. If out_dataless is not given,
stdout is used.
</description>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="invextr" category="Inventory">
<description>Extract channels from inventory.</description>
<configuration>
</configuration>
<command-line>
<synopsis>
invextr [OPTIONS] [input=stdin] [output=stdout]
</synopsis>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#print-config-vars</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#validate-schema-params</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#dump-settings</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#print-context</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#print-component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-utc</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#trace</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Extract">
<option flag="" long-flag="begin" argument="arg">
<description>
Begin time to consider streams. Streams ending at or
before that time will be ignored.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="end" argument="arg">
<description>
End time to consider streams. Streams starting after
that time will be ignored.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="chans" argument="arg">
<description>
A comma separated list of channel IDs to extract
which can contain wildcards. Default: *.*.*.* meaning
all streams.
Example: invextr --chans &quot;GE.*.*.BHZ,GE.MORC.*.*&quot; inv.xml
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="nslc" argument="arg">
<description>
Stream list file to be used for extracting inventory.
Wildcards can be used. --chans is ignored.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="r" long-flag="region" argument="arg">
<description>
Filter streams by geographic region given as
"South, East, North, West". Region is unused by default.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="rm" argument="arg">
<description>
Removes all channels given with '--chans' instead of
extracting them.
Example: invextr --rm --chans &quot;GE.*&quot; inv.xml
</description>
</option>
<option flag="f" long-flag="formatted">
<description>Enables formatted XML output.</description>
</option>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<plugin name="messaging">
<extends>kernel</extends>
<description>
SeisComP messaging component that enables communication of modules over the network.
</description>
<configuration>
<group name="messaging">
<parameter name="enable" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Enables/disables local messaging (scmaster).
The messaging component is an integral component
of all modules (except e.g. acquisition modules).
If you are not sure what to do, enable it.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="bind" type="string" default="">
<description>
Defines the messaging unencrypted bind address. If
left empty then the configuration file (see scmaster)
will be used instead. Use this to override the
unencrypted bind address. The format is
&quot;[ip:]port&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</configuration>
</plugin>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="kernel" category="System" standalone="true">
<description>SeisComP kernel.</description>
<configuration>
<parameter name="syslog" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Sends all logging output to the syslog backend which logs
usually to /var/log/messages.
</description>
</parameter>
</configuration>
</module>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="msrtsimul" category="Acquisition">
<description>MiniSEED real time playback and simulation</description>
<command-line>
<synopsis>
msrtsimul [OPTION] miniSEED-file
</synopsis>
<group name="Verbosity">
<option flag="h" long-flag="help" argument="" unit="">
<description>
Display this help message.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="v" long-flag="verbose" argument="" unit="">
<description>
Verbose mode.
</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Playback">
<option flag="c" long-flag="stdout" argument="">
<description>
Write on standard output. The output my be redirected to a
specific mseedfifo path.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="d" long-flag="delays" argument="" unit="">
<description>
Add artificial delays.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="j" long-flag="jump" argument="float" unit="minutes">
<description>
Minutes to skip at the beginning.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="m" long-flag="mode" argument="string" unit="">
<description>
Playback mode: choose between 'realtime' and 'historic'
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="seedlink" argument="string" unit="">
<description>
The seedlink module name. Useful if a seedlink alias or
non-standard names are used. Replaces 'seedlink'
in the standard mseedfifo path.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="s" long-flag="speed" argument="float" unit="">
<description>
Speed factor. 1 is normal speed.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="test" argument="" unit="">
<description>
Test mode.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="u" long-flag="unlimited" argument="" unit="">
<description>
Allow miniSEED records which are not 512 bytes.
</description>
</option>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

206
etc/descriptions/ql2sc.xml Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="ql2sc" category="Utilities">
<description>QuakeLink (gempa GmbH) to SeisComP event parameter exchange.</description>
<configuration>
<parameter name="backLog" type="int" default="1800" unit="s">
<description>
Number of seconds to fetch missed updates on start up.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="cacheSize" type="int" default="5000">
<description>
Number of public objects to cache.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="batchSize" type="int" default="2000">
<description>
Maximum number of notifiers to batch in one message. If set
to 0 no size limit is enforced. Make sure to not hit the
overall message size limited of 16MiB which is enforced by
the messaging system.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="eventAssociationTimeout" type="int" default="10" unit="s">
<description>
If event synchronisation is enabled and an incoming origin
is not yet associated with an event on the target machine,
then this timeout defines the maximum number of seconds to
wait for an association.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="hosts" type="list:string">
<description>
Registration of the host profiles defining the connection
parameters to the QuakeLink hosts.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="host">
<description>
Definition of host profiles. For each host profile a connection
to one QuakeLink server can established. The profiles must be registered
in 'hosts' to apply them.
</description>
<struct type="quakelink server profile" link="hosts">
<description>
Provide the connection parameters to one QuakeLink server.
</description>
<parameter name="url" type="string" default="ql://localhost:18010">
<description>
URL of the QuakeLink service, the scheme 'qls' enables SSL.
Format: [ql[s]://][user:pwd@][host][:port].
If set to an empty string the application will run without any QuakeLink connection attempt.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="gzip" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Enable/disable GZip (GNU zip) compression.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="native" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>Request native data instead of XML format.
Native data export may be disabled on some hosts.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="syncEventAttributes" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Try to update the event attributes of the target event
with the attributes of the source event which includes
event type and event certainty. It will not import
events but tries to find the associated event of the
input preferred origin at the target system and will
update the event attributes via journaling.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="syncPreferred" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Synchronize the preferred origin and preferred
magnitude selection if different from the imported
selection. ql2sc will wait for the event association
of an imported origin and check if the preferred origin
or preferred magnitude is different from the imported
Quakelink event. If so it will send a journal to
force selection of the preferred origin and selection
of the preferred magnitude type. These are the same
operations as within scolv to fix an origin and
a particular magnitude type.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="syncEventDelay" type="int" default="0">
<description>
Delays the synchronization of event attributes in seconds
if set to a value greater than zero.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="data">
<description>
Specify the XML components to fetch.
Note: These options are not used if 'native' data is requested.
</description>
<parameter name="picks" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>Include picks</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="amplitudes" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>Include amplitudes</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="arrivals" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>Include origin arrivals</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="staMags" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>Include origin station magnitudes</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="staMts" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>Include moment tensor station contributions and phase settings</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="preferred" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>Include only preferred origin and magnitude information</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<parameter name="keepAlive" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Request server to send keep alive message every 30s to
prevent connection reset by firewalls on long idle
periods. If activated the client will reset the
connection if no alive message is received within 60s.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="filter" type="string">
<description>
SQL like WHERE clause to filter the result set.
clause := condition[ AND|OR [(]clause[)]] __
condition := MAG|DEPTH|LAT|LON|PHASES|OTIME|UPDATED [op float|time]|[IS [NOT] NULL] __
op := =|&gt;|&gt;=|&lt;|&lt;=|eq|gt|ge|lt|ge __
time := %Y,%m,%d[,%H,%M,%S,%f]
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="routingTable" type="list:string" default="Pick:IMPORT_GROUP,Amplitude:IMPORT_GROUP,FocalMechanism:EVENT,Origin:EVENT">
<description>
Map datamodel class names to messaging groups. For unmapped objects
the mapping of their parent objects is evaluated recursively. Objects
may be excluded by mapping them to 'NULL'.
</description>
</parameter>
</struct>
</group>
<group name="processing">
<group name="blacklist">
<parameter name="publicIDs" type="list:string">
<description>
Defines a blacklist of publicID prefixes that are
not allowed for processing. Separate items by comma.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="whitelist">
<parameter name="publicIDs" type="list:string">
<description>
Defines a whitelist of publicID prefixes that are
allowed for processing. Separate items by comma.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
</configuration>
<command-line>
<synopsis>
ql2sc [options]
</synopsis>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#print-component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#print-context</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#trace</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Messaging">
<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#content-type</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Database">
<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="scalert" category="Utilities">
<description>Real time alert template.</description>
<configuration>
<parameter name="firstNew" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Treat an event as new event when it is seen the first time.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="agencyIDs" type="list:string" default="">
<description>
List of agency IDs to consider picks and origins. The agency ID
is extracted from the pick or the preferred origin of the event
and compared with the configured IDs.
unset (=): use agencyID defined in global, default
empty list (=""): all agencies are allowed
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="authors" type="list:string" default="">
<description>
List of authors to consider picks and origins. The author
is extracted from the pick or the preferred origin of the event
and compared with the configured authors.
empty list (=""): all authors are allowed
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="poi">
<parameter name="message" type="string">
<description>
The default message string for the event-script is
&quot;earthquake, [HOURS] hours [MINS] minutes ago, [DESC],
magnitude [MAG], depth [DEP] kilometers&quot; whereas [DESC]
is the string given in the event.description attribute. This
string can be overwritten using one of the following options.
There are three placeholders that can be used: @region@,
@dist@ and @poi@.
Example: &quot;@region@, @dist@ kilometers from @poi@
away&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maxDist" type="double" default="20" unit="deg">
<description>
When using the nearest point of interest (city) as part of
the message string, specify the maximum distance in degrees
from the event. Any point of interest farther away will be
ignored.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="minPopulation" type="double" default="50000">
<description>
Minimum population for a city to become a point of interest.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="scripts">
<parameter name="pick" type="string">
<description>
The script to be called when a pick
arrives. Network-, station code, pick publicID are passed
as parameters $1, $2, $3.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="amplitude" type="string">
<description>
The script to be called when an amplitude
arrives. Network-, station code, amplitude and amplitude
public ID are passed as parameters $1, $2, $3, $4.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="alert" type="string">
<description>
The script to be called when a preliminary
origin arrives. Latitude and longitude are passed as
parameters $1 and $2.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="event" type="string">
<description>
The script to be called when an event has been
declared. The message string, a flag (1=new event,
0=update event), the EventID, the arrival count and the
magnitude (optional when set) are passed as parameters
$1, $2, $3, $4 and $5.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="constraints">
<description>Constraints for executing scripts</description>
<parameter name="phaseHints" type="list::string" default="P,S">
<description>
Start the pick script only when the phaseHint of the
received pick has one of the value(s).
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="phaseStreams" type="list::string" default="">
<description>
Start the pick script only when the stream (NET.STA.LOC.CHA)
of the received pick belongs to the list of stream IDs. If empty,
all picks are accepted, otherwise only the ones whose stream ID
matches one of the entry of this comma separated list. Each entry
must follow the NET.STA.LOC.CHA format, but the special
characters ? * | ( ) are also accepeted.
E.g. "CH.*,GR.STA??.*,*.*.*.HH?,*.*.*.??(Z|1)"
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="phaseNumber" type="int" default="1">
<description>
Start the pick script only when a minimum number of phases
'phaseNumber' is received within 'phaseInterval'.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="phaseInterval" type="int" default="1" unit='s'>
<description>
Start the pick script only when a minimum number of phases
'phaseNumber' is received within 'phaseInterval'.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</configuration>
<command-line>
<synopsis>
scalert [options]
</synopsis>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
<option long-flag="first-new" param-ref="firstNew"/>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Messaging">
<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#content-type</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Database">
<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#db-disable</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Alert">
<option long-flag="amp-type" argument="arg" default="snr">
<description>
Specify the amplitude type to listen to.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="amp-script" argument="arg" param-ref="scripts.amplitude"/>
<option long-flag="alert-script" argument="arg" param-ref="scripts.alert"/>
<option long-flag="event-script" argument="arg" param-ref="scripts.event"/>
</group>
<group name="Cities">
<option long-flag="max-dist" argument="arg" param-ref="poi.maxDist"/>
<option long-flag="min-population" argument="arg" param-ref="poi.minPopulation"/>
</group>
<group name="Debug">
<option flag="E" long-flag="eventid" argument="arg">
<description>
Specify event ID that is used for testing. After running the
alert scripts scvoice will exit.
</description>
</option>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

155
etc/descriptions/scamp.xml Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="scamp" category="Processing">
<description>Calculates amplitudes on basis of incoming origins and the associated picks.</description>
<configuration>
<parameter name="amplitudes" type="list:string" default="MLv, mb, mB, Mwp">
<description>Definition of magnitude types for which amplitudes are to be calculated.</description>
</parameter>
<group name="amptool">
<parameter name="minimumPickWeight" type="double" default="0.5">
<description>
The minimum arrival weight within an origin to compute amplitudes for the associated pick.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="streamFromBindings" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
If enabled then global bindings will be used to replace
location code and channel code of a pick with the configured
values of detecLocid and detecStream for amplitude computation.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="initialAcquisitionTimeout" type="double" default="30" unit="s">
<description>
Timeout in seconds of the first data packet of waveform data acquisition.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="runningAcquisitionTimeout" type="double" default="2" unit="s">
<description>
Timeout in seconds of any subsequent data packet of waveform data acquisition.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</configuration>
<command-line>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
<option flag="x" long-flag="expiry" argument="time">
<description>Time span in hours after which objects expire.</description>
</option>
<option flag="O" long-flag="origin-id" argument="publicID">
<description>OriginID to calculate amplitudes for and exit.</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="dump-records">
<description>Dumps the filtered traces to ASCII when using -O.</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Messaging">
<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#content-type</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
<option long-flag="test">
<description>
Test mode where no messages are sent.
</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Database">
<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#db-disable</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Records">
<optionReference>records#record-driver-list</optionReference>
<optionReference>records#record-url</optionReference>
<optionReference>records#record-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>records#record-type</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Input">
<option long-flag="ep" argument="file">
<description>
Defines an event parameters XML file to be read and processed. This
implies offline mode and only processes all origins contained
in that file. It computes amplitudes for all picks associated
with an origin and outputs an XML file that additionally
contains the amplitudes.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="p" long-flag="picks">
<description>
Force measuring amplitudes for picks only. Origins are
ignored and time windows are independent of distance. Works
only in combination with --ep.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="reprocess">
<description>
Reprocess and update existing amplitudes. Manual amplitudes
will be skipped. Works only in combination with --ep.
This option can be used, e.g., for reprocessing amplitudes
with new inventory information. Waveform access is required.
</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Reprocess">
<description>
Amplitudes can be re-processed, e.g. in order to consider inventory
changes. The re-processing is time-window based and triggerd by
setting start-time or end-time. Re-processing will either create
output to stdout in XML format. Using --commit will send the
updated amplitudes to the messaging system. Waveform access is
required.
</description>
<option long-flag="force">
<description>
Forces reprocessing of all amplitudes, even manual ones.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="start-time" argument="time">
<description>
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="end-time" argument="time">
<description>
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="commit">
<description>
Send amplitude updates to the messaging otherwise an XML
document will be output.
</description>
</option>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,658 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="scanloc" category="Processing">
<description>
Module for locating local earthquakes and man-made seismicity by DBSCAN
cluster search.
</description>
<configuration>
<parameter name="defaultDepth" type="double" unit="km" default="0.0">
<description>
Default source depth used for locating origins. The range of
supported values depends on the configured
travel-time interface and locator.
When origin depth after locating is 0.0 or undefined, the depth
is corrected to &quot;defaultDepth&quot; without relocating
since the situation indicates issues.
Note: A similar parameter may require configuration for score
plugins.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="ignoreDepth" type="double" unit="km" default="650.0">
<description>
Maximum depth of an origin to be sent.
Note: A similar parameter may require configuration for score
plugins.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="use3D" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Compute distances in 3D for cluster search,
phase association and internal event association. Otherwise,
distances are measured from geographic coordinates ignoring elevation.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maxRMS" type="double" unit="s" default="1.5">
<description>
Maximum allowed overall residual of an origin to be sent.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="minScore" type="double" default="0.0">
<description>
Minimum score of an origin to be sent.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="score" type="string" default="OriginSum" values="OriginSum,OriginMultiFeature">
<description>
Defines the score processor to be used for ranking origins of
events. Additional configuration of the plugin and the plugin
parameters is required.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="pickComparisonLevel" type="string" default="loc" values="sta,loc,cha">
<description>
The level up to which compare stream IDs of multiple picks in
order to avoid origins with multiple picks from identical stream
level, e.g., station (sta), sensor location (loc) or channel
(cha).
The level is derived from the NET.STA.LOC.CHA stream
representation. Picks with equal stream IDs on the given level
are treated as originating from the same stream no matter of the
ID on a lower level. Clusters having picks on streams equal on
the given level are split into new clusters with unique streams.
During association picks equal on the given level are ignored -
the first assigned pick is considered.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="buffer">
<description>
Define buffering of picks and origins. scanloc only treats picks
and origins kept in the buffer.
</description>
<parameter name="pickKeep" type="double" unit="s" default="180.0">
<description>
Time to keep picks. Time comparison is based on the pick
times. In non-real time playbacks the time to keep picks is
usually compressed.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="pickIgnoreStreamID" type="list:string">
<description>
Ignore picks created on given stream ID(s). Stream IDs may
contain wildcards. Separate multiple IDs by comma.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="ignorePickTimeDifference" type="double" default="0.0" unit="s">
<description>
Generally, all available picks are added to the buffer and
made available for processing. Use this option to ignore new
picks made on the same data stream within the given time
difference to a previously buffered pick. A value of 0.0 s
ignores all picks with identical times.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="originKeep" type="double" unit="s" default="180.0">
<description>
Time to keep origins. Time comparison is based on the origin
times. In non-real time playbacks the time to keep orgins is
usually compressed.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="ignoreOrigins" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Ignore and do not buffer external origins received from
messaging or from XML files.
Default: Accept external origins from messaging or XML and
associate more phases.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="ignoreManualOrigins" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Ignore and do not buffer manual external origins received
from messaging or from XML files.
The parameter &quot;buffer.ignoreOrigins&quot; must be
inactive for this option to be effective.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="originStatusIgnore" type="list:string" default="" values="rejected,reported,preliminary,confirmed,reviewed,final">
<description>
Ignore an external origin if its status has any of the given
states. The option is ignored for manual origins if
buffer.ignoreManualOrigins = false.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="authorWhiteList" type="list:string" default="">
<description>
Only buffer picks or origins from the given authors.
Separate multiple authors by comma. Picks and origins from
other authors will be ignored. Wildcards are supported.
This parameter overrides
&quot;buffer.originAuthorWhiteList&quot;. Manual origins are
treated regardless of the author as defined by
&quot;buffer.ignoreManualOrigins&quot;.
The parameter allows operation of scanloc based on picks and
origins from a specific module, e.g., in a pipeline.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="originAuthorWhiteList" type="list:string" default="">
<description>
Deprecated parameter which will be removed in 2025. Use
&quot;buffer.authorWhiteList&quot; instead which overrides
this parameter!
Only buffer external origins from the given authors to the.
Separate multiple authors by comma. Manual origins
are treated regardless of the author as defined by
&quot;buffer.ignoreManualOrigins&quot;.
The parameter &quot;buffer.ignoreOrigins&quot; must be
inactive for this option to be effective.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="futureTimeDelta" type="double" default="0.0" unit="s">
<description>
The time delta to the future. Positive values allow objects
with times in the future to be buffered when the difference
to current time or to creation time is not larger than the
given value.
Normally, objects like picks and origins are created after
their actual times and all other objects are spurious and
should be ignored. In case of wrong sensor timing or
faster-than-real-time waveform playbacks, objects may be
generated with actual times (pick time or origin time) in
the future.
If less or equal to 0.0, then all objects created before
time of the object or with object times in the future are
ignored.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="clusterSearch">
<description>
Parameters controlling the cluster search based on phase
picks of configured phase type.
</description>
<parameter name="phaseType" type="string" default="P">
<description>
Phase type of considered picks. Valid types: P or Is.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="minSize" type="int" default="4">
<description>
Minimum number of core points (picks) to form a cluster.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maxSize" type="int" default="-1">
<description>
Maximum number of picks in a cluster when stopping
clustering. Eventual clusters may still be larger from core
points. Using values &lt; 0 deactivates the feature.
The parameter is meant to support large-N networks where the
high network density results in very many clusters with high
computational load effectively slowing down the processing
of picks. Using reasonable values such as 10 or 15 will
reduce the number of clusters while maintaining high quality
initial origins.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maxPickDelay" type="double" default="-1.0" unit="s">
<description>
Maximum allowed difference between considered picks and cluster reference
time (latest pick time). Optimum values can be derived from
travel times.The cluster search ignores all
picks which exceed the value. Using "-1" enables all picks
regardless of the delay.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="referenceTimeMode" type="string" default="LastPick" values="LastPick,MaxPickDelay">
<description>
Mode to set the cluster reference time. Read the documentation
for the details. Available modes:
LastPick: The pick time of the last incoming P pick is the
cluster reference time.
MaxPickDelay: Setting the cluster reference time is delayed
until clusterSearch.minSize and association.minPhase picks
are available.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="regionFilter" type="list:double">
<description>
Cluster only picks which sensor locations are inside
the defined region. The region is defined by latitude,
longitude and a radius in km. By default the region filter
is disabled.
Example: 50.1,12.3,20
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="averageVelocity" type="double" unit="km/s" default="7.0">
<description>
Average velocity used for distance calculation.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maxSearchDist" type="double" unit="s" default="60">
<description>
Maximum allowed distance over all core points and
maximum allowed distance for neighborhood search. Both account
for travel-time difference, inter-station distance and the
configured averageVelocity.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maxOrigins" type="uint" default="128">
<description>
Maximum allowed origins derived from cluster search. Set this
option to zero to disable the cluster search completely.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="preliminary" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Send origins based on cluster search as preliminary origins
if the location fails. Otherwise those origins are ignored.
Consider activating &quot;checkOrigins&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="checkOrigins" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Check, if derived origins fulfill the cluster search criteria
anymore. Activating this option may lower the number of events
and suppress fake events.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="association">
<description>
Parameters controlling the association of P and S phases to cluster
origins or external origins.
</description>
<parameter name="minPhase" type="int" default="4">
<description>
Number picks in cluster origin to be reached for starting to
associate more P and S picks.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maxDist" type="double" unit="km" default="1000.0">
<description>
Maximum distance from origin to stations
for associating P and S picks.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="stationConfig" type="file" options="read">
<description>
The station configuration file contains lines consisting of
network code, station code, weight (0 or 1) and maximum
association distance given in degree. The maximum association
distance is the distance in degrees from the origin up to
which this station may contribute to a new origin. This
parameter overrides the global parameter
&quot;association.maxDist&quot;.
If this distance is 180 deg, this station may contribute to
new origins world-wide. However, if the distance is only 10
degree, the range of this station is limited. This is a helpful
setting in case of mediocre stations in a region where there
are numerous good and reliable stations nearby. The station
will then not pose a risk for locations generated
outside the maximum association distance. The last item found
in the list overrules previous ones.
Network and station codes may be wildcards (*) for
convenience. Example:
* * 1 10
GE * 1 180
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maxPResidual" type="double" unit="s" default="4.0">
<description>
Maximum allowed difference between measured and predicted arrival
times for associating P phases to origin.
Larger values allow significant correction of initial locations.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="dropReferenceCheck" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Allow S-type picks without checking for a reference pick.
References to P picks are typically added to S picks by
scautopick but picks from other modules may not have this
feature. When this option is active, the reference pick is
not tested at all. Manual picks are always considered
without a reference check.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maxSResidual" type="double" unit="s" default="4.0">
<description>
Maximum allowed difference between measured and predicted arrival
time for associating S phases to origins. Larger values allow
significant correction of initial locations.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maxResidual" type="double" unit="s" default="2.0">
<description>
Maximum allowed time residuals of picks after association and
relocation. Picks will be removed at exceedence starting with
largest residual and origins will be relocated.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="arrivalCountMinRes" type="int" unit="" default="-1">
<description>
The number of arrivals of an origin for controlling the
association of more picks. Beyond this number, the minimum
of maxPResidual or maxSResidual and maxResidual for
associating P or S phases, respectively, is tested before
association.
The parameter also speeds up the evaluation of origins with
more arrivals than configured: Instead of
testing residuals of arrivals individually and relocating
thereafter, all arrivals not passing the residual check are
removed in a bulk.
The parameter is meant to support large-N networks where the
high network density results in very many picks and high
computational load, effectively slowing down the quality
check of picks. Setting a reasonable value, e.g., >20 will
only associate the best picks to origins already well
constraint.
Using values &lt;= 0 deactivates the feature.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="tableType" type="string" default="LOCSAT" values="LOCSAT,libtau,homogeneous">
<description>
Type of travel-time tables for phase association.
May be different from locator.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="table" type="string" default="iasp91" values="iasp91,iasp91_scanloc">
<description>
Name of travel-time table used for phase association.
May be different from locator profile. Using a different
table/profile may result in increased runtime.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="zeroWeightProfiles" type="list:string">
<description>
zeroWeight-profile name for associating the configured phases
with zero weight to origins. Multiples profile names may be set
separated by comma. The order of names determines order of
checked phases. Each profile can have different parameters.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="zeroWeight">
<description>
Zero-weight profiles containing the parameters for associating
phases with zero weight to origins.
</description>
<struct type="zeroWeight profile" link = "zeroWeight.profiles">
<parameter name="phaseType" type="String">
<description>
One phase type to be associated with zero weight.
Examples: PKP or Pdiff.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="minDistance" type="double" default="120.0" unit="degree">
<description>
Minimum distance from origin to stations.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maxResidual" type="double" default="5.0" unit="s">
<description>
Maximum time residual of the associated phase.
</description>
</parameter>
</struct>
</group>
</group>
<group name="locator">
<description>
Parameters controlling the locator for locating scanloc
origins.
</description>
<parameter name="type" type="string" default="LOCSAT" values="External,FixedHypocenter,Hypo71,iLoc,LOCSAT,NonLinLoc,Router,StdLoc">
<description>
The locator type to be used.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="profile" type="string" default="iasp91" values="iasp91,iasp91_scanloc">
<description>
The locator profile to be used. Using a different profile/table
for locating and associating may result in increased runtime.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="fixDepth" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
If enabled, the locator fixes the depth to the configured
default value &quot;defaultDepth&quot; in case that all
previous attempts to relocate fail.
This option may result in many more origins. It
prevents &quot;ignoreDepth&quot; from beeing
effective if &quot;defaultDepth&quot; &lt; &quot;ignoreDepth&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="forceFixDepth" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
If enabled, the locator is forced to fix the depth to the
value configured by &quot;defaultDepth&quot;. Free-depth
solutions are thus excluded. Activating this option may be
useful for sources with known depths or in case of sparse
networks.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="eventAssociation">
<description>
Parameters controlling the association of interval scanloc
origins to internal scanloc events.
</description>
<parameter name="compareAllArrivalTimes" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
This parameter is only used in conjunction with
&quot;eventAssociation.maximumMatchingArrivalTimeDiff&quot;.
If a station has multiple associated arrivals for a
particular event, this flag defines if the time distance
of a new pick to all arrivals must be within
&quot;eventAssociation.maximumMatchingArrivalTimeDiff&quot;
or if one matching arrival is enough.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="minMatchingArrivals" type="int" default="3">
<description>
Minimum number of matching picks between two origins to be
associated to the same event.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maxMatchingArrivalTimeDiff" type="double" unit="s" default="-1">
<description>
If this time window in seconds is negative, pickIDs
are compared to find matching arrivals. A non negative
value (including 0) compares pick times regardless
of the pickID. Pass: |pick1.time - pick2.time| &lt;= threshold.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maxDist" type="double" unit="km" default="500.0">
<description>
Allowed difference in epicenter between an incoming origin
compared with preferred origins to get associated.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maxTimeSpan" type="double" unit="s" default="60.0">
<description>
Associates an origin with an existing event if the origin
time differs not more than 60 seconds unless the
minimumMatchingArrivals criteria matches.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="publication">
<description>
Parameters controlling the publication delay of origin for
internal events to the messaging system. The delay
time, t, is calculated as t = a x N + b where N is the number
of arrivals of the origin. After t seconds, the best origin
is published. The first origin is always published.
</description>
<parameter name="intervalTimeSlope" type="double" unit="s/count" default="0.5">
<description>
Parameter &quot;a&quot; in the equation t = a x N + b.
Increasing the value reduces the amount of sent origins.
With the option --ep (playback mode) this value is set to 0.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="intervalTimeIntercept" type="double" unit="s" default="0.0">
<description>
Parameter &quot;b&quot; in the equation t = a x N + b.
Increasing the value reduces the amount of sent origins.
With the option --ep (playback mode) this value is set to 0.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="wakeUpInterval" type="int" unit="s" default="5">
<description>
Integer interval to check the origin buffer for sending
origins if no other origins have been created.
Reducing the value may be required in EEW: it increases the
load on scanloc but allows to send origins more rapidly.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</configuration>
<command-line>
<synopsis>
scanloc [options]
</synopsis>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#print-component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#print-context</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#trace</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Messaging">
<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#encoding</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Database">
<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
<option flag="" long-flag="db-disable" argument="" publicID="database#db-disable">
<description>Do not use the database at all.</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Input">
<option flag="" long-flag="ep" argument="arg" type="string">
<description>
Name of input XML file (SCML) with all picks and origins
for offline processing. The database connection is not
received from messaging and must be provided. Results
are sent as XML to stdout.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="timing" argument="arg" default="pickTime" values="creationTime,pickTime">
<description>
Timing reference in offline processing with --ep: Use
pickTime and creationTime for sorting picks according to
pick time and creation time, respectively. pickTime is
assumed if no timing is specified. Note: In real-time
processing picks are treated as they arrive corresponding to
creationTime and this option is irrelevant.
</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Buffer">
<option flag="" long-flag="allow-rejected-picks">
<description>
Allow processing of picks with evaluation status 'rejected'.
Otherwise these picks are ignored and not buffered.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="drop-reference-check" param-ref="association.dropReferenceCheck"/>
<option flag="" long-flag="author-whitelist" argument="arg" type="list:string">
<description>
Only consider picks and origins created by the given
author(s). Separate multiple authors by
comma. Wildcards are supported.Empty strings
allow all authors. Manual origins are treated regardless of
the author as defined by
&quot;buffer.ignoreManualOrigins&quot;. The option allows
operating scanloc based on picks and origins from a specific
module, e.g., in a pipeline.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="future-time-delta" argument="arg" param-ref="buffer.futureTimeDelta"/>
<option flag="" long-flag="origin-keep" argument="arg" param-ref="buffer.originKeep"/>
<option flag="" long-flag="pick-keep" argument="arg" param-ref="buffer.pickKeep"/>
</group>
<group name="Locator">
<option long-flag="locator-type" argument="arg" param-ref="locator.type"/>
<option long-flag="locator-profile" argument="arg" param-ref="locator.profile" type="string"/>
<option long-flag="locator-list">
<description>
List all registered locators.
</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Output">
<option flag="" long-flag="final-only">
<description>
Limit result set to final origins only. This option is
available for non-real-time (--ep) processing only.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="dump-origins">
<description>
Don't publish origins, write them to stdout. Useful for
tuning.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="cluster-search-log-file" argument="arg" type="string">
<description>
File name to output detailed cluster search information.
Useful for tuning.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="f" long-flag="formatted">
<description>
Use formatted XML output along with '--ep'. Otherwise XML
is unformatted.
</description>
</option>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<plugin name="ScoreMF">
<extends>scanloc</extends>
<description>
Plugin for computing a score for an origin by the OriginMultiFeature
score processor.
</description>
<configuration>
<group name="score">
<description>
Origin score processor "OriginMultiFeature" returning a score
for an origin as a measure of goodness. The score is
then compared against minScore. Requires to configure
the global parameter *plugins* with "scoremf" in order to
load this gempa plugin and to set *minScore* and *score*
accordingly.
</description>
<group name="mf">
<parameter name="defaultScore" type="double" default="0.0">
<description>
The default score returned for an origin that fails
completely or is filtered out by thresholds such as for
depth and RMS.
</description>
</parameter>
<!-- Optional: channel letters for type detection -->
<parameter name="strongMotionCodes" type="list:string" default="L,N">
<description>
List of one-letter instrument codes (2nd letter) in
channel codes identifying strong motion sensors, e.g.,
in HL?, HN?.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="infrasoundCodes" type="list:string" default="D">
<description>
List of one-letter instrument codes (2nd letter) in
channel codes identifying infrasound sensors, e.g., in
HDF.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="weights">
<!-- Phase weights -->
<parameter name="p" type="list:double" default="1.0,0.0,0.0">
<description>
The weight for number of used P arrival measures.
Assumes only arrival time when exactly 1 value is set.
Use a comma-separated list, wT,wSlo,wBaz, for giving
specific weight to pick time, slowness and back azimuth,
respectively.
Example: 1.0,0.0,0.0 .
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="p0" type="double" default="0.5">
<description>
Weight per unused P pick.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="s" type="double" default="2.0">
<description>
Weight per used S pick.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="s0" type="double" default="0.5">
<description>
Weight per unused S pick.
</description>
</parameter>
<!-- Quality weights -->
<parameter name="normalizationDepth" type="double" default="650.0">
<description>
Origin depth is normalized to this value for
computing the score contribution. Shallower depths
contribute to larger score.
This is also the maximum allowed depth. Origins with
depth greater then this value get a score equal to
&quot;defaultScore&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="depth" type="double" default="1.0">
<description>
Weight for depth-based quality score.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="normalizationRMS" type="double" default="1.5">
<description>
Origin RMS is normalized to this value for computing
the score contribution. Lower RMS contribute to
larger score.
This is also the maximum allowed RMS. Origins with
residual greater than this value score equal to
&quot;defaultScore&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="residual" type="double" default="1.0">
<description>
Weight for RMS-based quality score.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="gap" type="double" default="1.0">
<description>
Weight for azimuthal gap score. The smaller the gap
the larger the score.
</description>
</parameter>
<!-- Manual pick boost -->
<parameter name="manualPick" type="double" default="0.5">
<description>
Weight per used manual pick.
</description>
</parameter>
<!-- Channel-type based weights -->
<parameter name="strongMotion" type="double" default="0.0">
<description>
Weight per used strong motion pick as defined in
&quot;strongMotionCodes&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="infrasound" type="double" default="0.0">
<description>
Weight per used infrasound pick as defined in
&quot;infrasoundCodes&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
<!-- Author weights -->
<parameter name="authors" type="list:string" unit="author:score">
<description>
List of tuple of authors and score contribution.
If an author matches, the corresponding score
contribution is added to the final score.
Example: "scautoloc:1,scanloc:10,ccloc:100".
</description>
</parameter>´
</group>
</group>
</group>
</configuration>
</plugin>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<plugin name="ScoreSum">
<extends>scanloc</extends>
<description>
Plugin for scoring origins in scanloc by score processor OriginSum
</description>
<configuration>
<group name="score">
<group name="sum">
<description>
Origin score processor "OriginSum": Compute origin scores as
weighted averages of number of used
P phases (p), number of unused P phases (p0), number of used
S phases (s), number of unused S phases (s0), origin depth and
residual. The score applies for ranking origins of events. Add
the plugin "scoresum" to the global parameter "plugins" and
"OriginSum" to the scanloc parameter "score" for applying this
score processor.
</description>
<parameter name="p" type="list:double" default="1.0">
<description>
The weight for number of used P arrival measures.
Assumes only arrival time when exactly 1 value is set.
Use a comma-separated list, wT,wSlo,wBaz, for giving
specific weight to pick time, slowness and back azimuth,
respectively.
Example: 1.0,0.0,0.0 .
The usage of slowness and back azimuth depends on locator.
They are not considered by Hypo71, NonLinLoc, StdLoc and
FixedHypocenter.
The parameter is used for Is infrasound phases when
considered in clustering.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="p0" type="double" default="0.5">
<description>
The weight for number of added but unused P arrivals.
The parameter is used for Is infrasound phases when
considered in clustering.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="s" type="list:double" default="2.0">
<description>
The weight for number of used S arrival measures.
Assumes only arrival time when exactly 1 value is set.
Use a comma-separated list, wT,wSlo,wBaz, for giving
specific weight to pick time, slowness and back azimuth,
respectively.
Example: 2.0,0.0,0.0 .
The usage of slowness and back azimuth depends on locator.
They are not considered by Hypo71, NonLinLoc, StdLoc and
FixedHypocenter.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="s0" type="double" default="0.5">
<description>
The weight for number of added but unused S arrivals.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="normalizationDepth" type="double" unit="km" default="650.0">
<description>
Origin depth is normalized to this value for computing the
score contribution. Shallower depths contribute to larger
score.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="depth" type="double" default="1.0">
<description>
The weight of origin depth. Set this value to 0.0 for
scoring origins independent of depth whenever shallow and
deep sources are equally expected.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="normalizationRMS" type="double" unit="s" default="1.5">
<description>
Origin RMS is normalized to this value for computing the
score contribution. Lower RMS contribute to larger score.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="residual" type="double" default="1.0">
<description>
The weight of origin RMS residual.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="increaseManual" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Increase the weight for manual picks by a factor of 1.001.
This gives preference to manual picks in case
automatic ones co-exist for the same station.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
</configuration>
</plugin>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="scardac" category="Acquisition">
<description>Waveform archive data availability collector.</description>
<configuration>
<parameter name="archive" type="string" default="@SEISCOMP_ROOT@/var/lib/archive">
<description>
The URL to the waveform archive where all data is stored.
Format: [service://]location[#type]
&quot;service&quot;: The type of the archive. If not given,
&quot;sds://&quot; is implied assuming an SDS archive. The SDS
archive structure is defined as
YEAR/NET/STA/CHA/NET.STA.LOC.CHA.YEAR.DAYFYEAR, e.g.
2018/GE/APE/BHZ.D/GE.APE..BHZ.D.2018.125
Other archive types may be considered by plugins.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="threads" type="int" default="1">
<description>
Number of threads scanning the archive in parallel.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="jitter" type="float" default="0.5">
<description>
Acceptable derivation of end time and start time of successive
records in multiples of sample time.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maxSegments" type="int" default="1000000">
<description>
Maximum number of segments per stream. If the limit is reached
no more segments are added to the database and the corresponding
extent is flagged as too fragmented. Set this parameter to 0 to
disable any limits.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="nslcFile" type="string">
<description>
Line-based text file of form NET.STA.LOC.CHA defining available
stream IDs. Depending on the archive type, size and storage
media used this file may offer a significant performance
improvement compared to collecting the available streams on each
startup. Filters defined under `filter.nslc` still apply.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="filter">
<description>
Parameters of this section limit the data processing to either
reduce the scan time of larger archives or to
prevent deletion of availability information even though parts
of the archive have been deleted or moved to a different
location.
</description>
<group name="time">
<description>
Limit the processing by record time.
</description>
<parameter name="start" type="string">
<description>
Start of data availability check given as date string or
as number of days before now.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="end" type="string">
<description>
End of data availability check given as date string or
as number of days before now.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="nslc">
<description>
Limit the processing by stream IDs.
</description>
<parameter name="include" type="list:string">
<description>
Comma-separated list of stream IDs to process. If
empty all streams are accepted unless an exclude filter
is defined. The following wildcards are supported: '*'
and '?'.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="exclude" type="list:string">
<description>
Comma-separated list of stream IDs to exclude from
processing. Excludes take precedence over includes. The
following wildcards are supported: '*' and '?'.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
<group name="mtime">
<description>
Parameters of this section control the rescan of data chunks.
By default the last update time of the extent is compared with
the record file modification time to read only files modified
since the list run.
</description>
<parameter name="ignore" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
If set to true all data chunks are read independent of their
mtime.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="start" type="string">
<description>
Only read chunks modified after specific date given as date
string or as number of days before now.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="end" type="string">
<description>
Only read chunks modified before specific date given as date
string or as number of days before now.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</configuration>
<command-line>
<synopsis>
scardac [OPTION]...
</synopsis>
<description>
</description>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#print-component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#print-context</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#trace</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Collector">
<option flag="a" long-flag="archive" argument="arg"
publicID="collector#archive" param-ref="archive"/>
<option long-flag="threads" argument="arg"
publicID="collector#threads" param-ref="threads"/>
<option flag="j" long-flag="jitter" argument="arg"
publicID="collector#jitter" param-ref="jitter"/>
<option long-flag="nslc" argument="arg"
publicID="collector#nslc" param-ref="nslcFile"/>
<option long-flag="start" argument="arg"
publicID="collector#start" param-ref="filter.time.start"/>
<option long-flag="end" argument="arg"
publicID="collector#end" param-ref="filter.time.end"/>
<option long-flag="include" argument="arg"
publicID="collector#include" param-ref="filter.nslc.include"/>
<option long-flag="exclude" argument="arg"
publicID="collector#exclude" param-ref="filter.nslc.exclude"/>
<option long-flag="deep-scan" argument=""
publicID="collector#deepscan" param-ref="mtime.ignore"/>
<option long-flag="modified-since" argument="arg"
publicID="collector#modifiedsince" param-ref="mtime.start"/>
<option long-flag="modified-until" argument="arg"
publicID="collector#modifieduntil" param-ref="mtime.end"/>
<option long-flag="generate-test-data" argument="arg"
publicID="collector#generate-test-data">
<description>
Do not scan the archive but generate test data for each
stream in the inventory. Format:
days,gaps,gapslen,overlaps,overlaplen. E.g., the following
parameter list would generate test data for 100 days
(starting from now()-100) which includes 150 gaps with a
length of 2.5s followed by 50 overlaps with an overlap of
5s: --generate-test-data=100,150,2.5,50,5
</description>
</option>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

209
etc/descriptions/scart.xml Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="scart" category="Utilities" standalone="true">
<description>
Import/export MiniSEED data to/from SDS archives.
</description>
<command-line>
<synopsis>
scart [options] {archive-dir}
</synopsis>
<description>
The last option has to be the archive directory when dump mode is enabled.
When no archive directory is explicitly given,
$SEISCOMP_ROOT/var/lib/archive or the current directory
is used depending on whether $SEISCOMP_ROOT has been set or not.
The default operation mode is import. That means that a multiplexed
MiniSEED file or another record source such as ArcLink is used to import
records into a SDS structure.
</description>
<group name="Verbosity">
<option flag="v" long-flag="verbose">
<description>
Verbose mode.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="h" long-flag="help">
<description>
Display a help message.
</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Mode">
<option flag="" long-flag="check">
<description>
Check mode. Check all files
in the given directory for erroneous miniSEED records.
All sub-directories are included. If no directory is given,
the default SDS archive is scanned. Checks are only complete
for files containing exactly one stream. More complete checks
are made with scmssort.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="d" long-flag="dump">
<description>
Set export (dump) mode. Records are retrieved from an archive and
written to standard output.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="I">
<description>
Import mode (default): Specify the recordstream URL to read
the data from for archiving. When using any other
recordstream than file, a stream list file is needed.
Specifying - implies file://- (stdin). If no mode is
explicitly specified, -I file://- is assumed.
</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Processing">
<option flag="c" argument="channels">
<description>
Channel filter to be applied to the data streams.
Default for Dump: "(B|E|H|M|S)(D|H|L|N)(E|F|N|Z|1|2|3)"
Default for Import: "*"
</description>
</option>
<option flag="E">
<description>
Dump mode: sort records according to their end time.
Default: start time.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="files" argument="count">
<description>
Dump mode: Specify the number of file handles to cache.
Default: 100.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="i">
<description>
Ignore records without data samples.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="l" long-flag="list" argument="file">
<description>
Import, dump mode: Use a stream list file with time windows instead
of defined networks and channels (-n, -c and -t are ignored).
The list can be generated from events by scevtstreams. One
line per stream. Line format: starttime;endtime;streamID
The time format is the same as described in option '-t'.
Example:
2019-07-17 02:00:00;2019-07-17 02:10:00;GR.CLL..BH?
</description>
</option>
<option flag="m" long-flag="modify">
<description>
Dump mode: Modify the record time for real time playback.
The first record time is NOW. The relative time of
successive records to the first one are kept.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="n" argument="networks">
<description>
Import, dump mode: Data stream selection as a comma separated list
"stream1,stream2,streamX" where each stream can be NET or NET.STA
or NET.STA.LOC or NET.STA.LOC.CHA.
If CHA is omitted, it defaults to the value of -c option.
Default: "*"
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="nslc" argument="file">
<description>
Import, dump mode: Stream list file to be used instead of
defined networks and channels (-n and -c are ignored)
for filtering the data by the given streams. Dump mode:
Use in combination with -t! One line per stream, line
format: NET.STA.LOC.CHA
Example:
GR.CLL..BH?
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="rename" argument="rule">
<description>
Import, dump mode: Rename stream data according to the provided
rule(s). A rule is "[match-stream:]rename-stream" and match-stream
is optional. match-stream and rename-stream are in the
"NET.STA.LOC.CHA" format. match-stream supports special
charactes "?" "*" "|" "(" ")". rename-stream supports the
special character "-" that can be used in place of NET, STA,
LOC, CHA codes with the meaning of not renaming those.
"-" can also be used as the last character in CHA code.
Multiple rules can be provided as a comma separated list
or by providing multiple --rename options.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="s" long-flag="sort">
<description>
Dump mode: Sort records by [start-]time. To sort records by their
end time use -E.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="speed" argument="value">
<description>
Dump mode: Specify the speed to dump the records. A value of 0 means
no delay otherwise speed is a multiplier of the real time difference
between the records. When feeding the records directly into the replay
pipe a value of 1 (real time) is recommended.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="t" long-flag="time-window" argument="timeWindow">
<description>
Import, dump mode: Specify the time window (as one properly
quoted string) to dump records for. Times are UTC and
separated by a tilde &quot;~&quot;. To dump one hour of
waveform data between 2008/01/01 00:00:00 and 2008/01/01
01:00:00 use
&lt;-t 2008-01-01T00:00:00~2008-01-01T01:00:00&gt;.
</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Output">
<option flag="o" long-flag="output">
<description>
Dump, Import mode: Write data to given file instead of creating
a SDS archive. Deactivates --stdout. Deactivated by --test.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="print-streams">
<description>
Print stream information only and exit. Works in import, dump
and check mode. Output: NET.STA.LOC.CHA StartTime EndTime.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="stdout">
<description>
Import mode: Write to stdout instead of creating a SDS archive.
Deactivated by --test and --output.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="test">
<description>
Test input only, deactivate all miniSEED output. This switch is
useful for debugging and printing stream information with
--print-streams.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="with-filecheck">
<description>
Import mode: Check all accessed files. Unsorted or unreadable
files are reported to stderr. Checks are only complete
for files containing exactly one stream. More complete
checks are made with scmssort.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="with-filename">
<description>
Import mode: Print all accessed files to stderr after import.
</description>
</option>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,488 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="scautoloc" category="Processing">
<description>Locates seismic events.</description>
<configuration>
<group name="locator">
<description>
Define parameters of the locator. Only LOCSAT is supported.
</description>
<parameter name="profile" type="string" default="iasp91">
<description>
The locator profile to use.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="defaultDepth" type="double" default="10" unit="km">
<description>
For each location, scautoloc performs checks to test if the
depth estimate is reliable. If the same location quality
(e.g. pick RMS) can be achieved while fixing the depth to
the default depth, the latter is used. This is most often
the case for shallow events with essentially no depth
resolution.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="minimumDepth" type="double" default="5" unit="km">
<description>
The locator might converge at a depth of 0 or even negative
depths. This is usually not desired, as 0 km might be
interpreted as indicative of e.g. a quarry blast or another
explosive source. In the case of "too shallow" locations the
minimum depth will be used.
Note that the minimum depth can also be configured in scolv,
possibly to a different value.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="buffer">
<description>
Control the buffer of objects.
</description>
<parameter name="pickKeep" type="double" default="21600" unit="s">
<description>
Time to keep picks in the buffer with respect to pick time, not creation time.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="originKeep" type="integer" default="86400" unit="s">
<description>
Time to keep origins in buffer.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="cleanupInterval" type="integer" default="3600" unit="s">
<description>
Clean-up interval for removing old/unused objects.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="autoloc">
<description>
Define parameters for creating and reporting origins.
</description>
<parameter name="maxRMS" type="double" default="3.5" unit="s">
<description>
Maximum travel-time RMS for a location to be reported.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maxResidual" type="double" default="7.0" unit="s">
<description>
Maximum travel-time residual (unweighted) for a pick at a station to be used.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="minPhaseCount" type="integer" default="6">
<description>
Minimum number of phases for reporting origins.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maxDepth" type="double" default="1000" unit="km">
<description>
Maximum permissible depth for reporting origins.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maxSGAP" type="double" default="360" unit="deg">
<description>
Maximum secondary azimuthal gap for an origin to be reported by.
The secondary gap is the maximum of the sum of 2 station gaps.
Default: 360 degrees, i.e. no restriction based on this parameter.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maxStationDistance" type="double" default="180" unit="deg">
<description>
Maximum epicntral distance to stations for accepting picks.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="minStaCountIgnorePKP" type="integer" default="15">
<description>
If the station count for stations at &lt; 105 degrees distance
exceeds this number, no picks at &gt; 105 degrees will be
used in location. They will be loosely associated, though.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="amplTypeAbs" type="string" default="mb">
<description>
If this string is non-empty, an amplitude obtained from an amplitude
object is used by ... . If this string is &quot;mb&quot;, a period
obtained from the amplitude object is also used; if it has some other
value, then 1 [units?] is used. If this string is empty, then the amplitude
is set to 0.5 * thresholdXXL, and 1 [units?] is used for the period.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="amplTypeSNR" type="string" default="snr">
<description>
If this string is non-empty, it is used to obtain a pick SNR from an
amplitude object. If it is empty, the pick SNR is 10.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="grid" type="path" default="@DATADIR@/scautoloc/grid.conf">
<description>
Location of the grid file for nucleating origins.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="stationConfig" type="path" default="@DATADIR@/scautoloc/station.conf">
<description>
Location of the station configuration file for nucleating origins.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="stationLocations" type="path" default="">
<description>
The station file to be used when in offline mode.
If no file is given the database is used. An example is given
in &quot;@DATADIR@/scautoloc/station-locations.conf&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="useManualPicks" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Receive and process manual phase picks.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="useManualOrigins" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Receive and process manual origins. Manual picks and arrival
weights will be adopted from the manual origin and the processing continues with these.
Origins produced this way by adding incoming automatic picks are nevertheless marked as
automatic origins. But they may contain manual picks (even pP and S picks).
Add the LOCATION group to connection.subscriptions for receiving manual origins!
This is an experimental feature relevant only for large regional and global networks,
where results by analysts can be expected before the end
of automatic event processing.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="adoptManualDepth" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Adopt the depth from manual origins. Otherwise the default depth
in locator.defaultDepth is considered.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="authors" type="list:string">
<description>
Restrict pick processing to the given author name(s). Apply
comma separation for a list of names. If any author name is
given, picks from other authors are ignored.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="tryDefaultDepth" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Compare located origin with the origin at the depth given by
locator.defaultDepth. The origin with lower RMS is reported.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="publicationIntervalTimeSlope" type="double" unit="s/count" default="0.5">
<description>
Parameter &quot;a&quot; in the equation t = aN + b.
t is the time interval between sending updates of an origin.
N is the arrival count of the origin.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="publicationIntervalTimeIntercept" type="double" unit="s" default="0.">
<description>
Parameter &quot;b&quot; in the equation t = aN + b.
t is the time interval between sending updates of an origin.
N is the arrival count of the origin.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="pickLogEnable" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Activate for writing pick log files to &quot;pickLog&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="pickLog" type="string" default="@LOGDIR@/autoloc-picklog">
<description>
Location of pick log file containing information about received
picks. Activate &quot;pickLogEnable&quot; for writing the files.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="xxl">
<description>
Create origins from XXL picks. These origins will receive the status "preliminary".
Use with care! Enabling XXL picks may result in frequent fake solutions.
</description>
<parameter name="enable" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Picks with exceptionally large amplitudes may be flagged as XXL,
allowing (in future) faster, preliminary "heads-up" alerts.
This option enables the feature.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="minAmplitude" type="double" default="10000">
<description>
Minimum amplitude for a pick to be flagged as XXL. The
value corresponds to the amplitude type configured in
autoloc.amplTypeAbs. NOTE that
BOTH minAmplitude and minSNR need to be exceeded!
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="minSNR" type="double" default="8">
<description>
Minimum SNR for a pick to be flagged as XXL. NOTE that
BOTH minAmplitude and minSNR need to be exceeded!
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="minPhaseCount" type="integer" default="4">
<description>
Minimum number of XXL picks for forming an origin.
Must be >= 4.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maxStationDistance" type="double" default="10" unit="deg">
<description>
Maximum epicentral distance for accepting XXL picks.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maxDepth" type="double" default="100" unit="km">
<description>
Maximum depth for creating origins based on XXL arrivals.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
</configuration>
<command-line>
<synopsis>
scautoloc [options]
</synopsis>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Messaging">
<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#content-type</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Database">
<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#db-disable</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Mode">
<option flag="" long-flag="test" argument="" default="">
<description>
Do not send any object.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="offline" argument="" default="">
<description>
Do not connect to a messaging server. Instead a
station-locations.conf file can be provided. This implies
--test and --playback
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="playback" argument="" default="">
<description>
Flush origins immediately without delay.
</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Mode">
<option flag="" long-flag="test" >
<description>
Do not send any object.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="offline" >
<description>
Flush origins immediately without delay.
</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Input">
<option flag="" long-flag="ep" argument="file">
<description>
Name of input XML file (SCML) with all picks and origins for
offline processing. The database connection is not received
from messaging and must be provided. Results are sent in XML
to stdout.
</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Settings">
<option flag="" long-flag="allow-rejected-picks">
<description>
Allow picks with evaluation status 'rejected' for nucleation
and association.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="station-locations" argument="arg" default="">
<description>
The station-locations.conf file to use when in
offline mode (started with --offline).
If no file is given the database is used.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="station-config" argument="arg" default="">
<description>
The station configuration file. Examples are in @DATADIR@/scautoloc/
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="grid" argument="arg" default="">
<description>
The grid configuration file. Examples are in @DATADIR@/scautoloc/
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="pick-log" argument="arg" default="">
<description>
The pick log file. Providing a file name enables logging picks
even when disabled by configuration.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="default-depth" argument="arg" default="10">
<description>
Default depth for comparison with the depth after locating.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="max-sgap" argument="arg" default="360">
<description>
Maximum secondary azimuthal gap for an origin to be reported.
The secondary gap is the maximum of the sum of 2 station gaps.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="max-rms" argument="arg" default="3.5">
<description>
Maximum travel-time RMS for a location to be reported.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="max-residual" argument="arg" default="3">
<description>
Maximum travel-time residual (unweighted) for a pick at a
station to be used.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="max-station-distance" argument="arg" default="5">
<description>
Maximum distance of stations to be used.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="max-nucleation-distance-default" argument="arg" default="180">
<description>
Default maximum distance of stations to be used for nucleating new origins.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="min-pick-affinity" argument="arg" default="0.05">
<description></description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="min-phase-count" argument="arg" default="4">
<description>
Minimum number of picks for an origin to be reported.</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="min-score" argument="arg" default="8">
<description>
Minimum score for an origin to be reported.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="min-pick-snr" argument="arg" default="3">
<description>
Minimum SNR for a pick to be processed.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="threshold-xxl" argument="arg" default="10000000">
<description>
An amplitude exceeding this threshold will flag the pick as XXL.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="min-phase-count-xxl" argument="arg" default="4">
<description>
Minimum number of picks for an XXL origin to be reported.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="max-distance-xxl" argument="arg" default="15">
<description></description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="min-sta-count-ignore-pkp" argument="arg" default="15">
<description>
Minimum station count for which we ignore PKP phases.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="min-score-bypass-nucleator" argument="arg" default="40">
<description>
Minimum score at which the nucleator is bypassed.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="keep-events-timespan" argument="arg" default="86400">
<description>
The timespan to keep historical events.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="cleanup-interval" argument="arg" default="3600">
<description>
The object cleanup interval in seconds.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="max-age" argument="arg" default="3784320000">
<description>
During cleanup all pick objects older than maxAge (in seconds)
are removed (maxAge == 0 disables cleanup).
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="wakeup-interval" argument="arg" default="5" unit="s">
<description>
The interval in seconds to check pending operations.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="dynamic-pick-threshold-interval" argument="arg" default="60">
<description>
The interval in seconds in which to check for extraordinarily
high pick activity, resulting in a dynamically increased
pick threshold.
</description>
</option>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,397 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="scautopick" category="Processing" inherit-global-bindings="true">
<description>Phase detection and picking on waveforms.</description>
<configuration>
<parameter name="ringBufferSize" type="int" default="300" unit="s">
<description>
Defined the record ringbuffer size in seconds.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="leadTime" type="int" default="60" unit="s">
<description>
The leadTime defines the time in seconds to start picking on
waveforms before current time.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="playback" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
If enabled, picks can be made on waveforms which are older than
current time - &quot;leadTime&quot;. Current time is the time
when the module was started. This allows to pick
historic data in real-time playbacks which are preserving the
record times. See e.g. the &quot;msrtsimul&quot; module.
This option deactivates &quot;leadTime&quot;. Activate only for playbacks.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="initTime" type="int" default="60" unit="s">
<description>
The initTime defines a time span in seconds for that the picker
is blind after initialization. This time is needed to initialize
the filter and depends on it.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="gapInterpolation" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Interpolate gaps linearly? This is valid for gaps shorter
than thresholds.maxGapLength.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="useAllStreams" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
If enabled, all streams that are received by the picker are
used for picking. This option has only effect if a
file is used as input which contains more data than the
picker requests. If connected to a waveform server such as
SeedLink, the picker will only receive the data it is
subscribed to.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="filter" type="string" default="&quot;RMHP(10)>>ITAPER(30)>>BW(4,0.7,2)>>STALTA(2,80)&quot;">
<description>
The default filter used for making detections. Station-specific
configurations (bindings) override this value.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="timeCorrection" type="double" default="-0.8" unit="s">
<description>
The time correction applied for a pick. Station-specific
values (bindings) override this value.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="picker" type="string">
<description>
The re-picker to use. By default only simple detections
are emitted as picks. To enable re-picking on a time window around
the detection, an algorithm (plugin) can be defined with this parameter.
Currently available: &quot;AIC&quot;, &quot;BK&quot; or
&quot;GFZ&quot;.
More options may be available by plugins. Configure related
parameters in global bindings.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="phaseHint" type="string" default="P">
<description>
Phase hint to be assigned to the pick made by the primary picker.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="sendDetections" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
If enabled and &quot;picker&quot; is configured, then
initial detections are sent as well. To distinguish between
detections and picks the evaluation status of the pick is
set to &quot;rejected&quot;. This is meant to be a debug
option which can be used to compare detections and picks by
their evaluation status.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="spicker" type="string">
<description>
The secondary picker to use, e.g., for picking S-phases.
Currently available is: &quot;S-L2&quot;. More options may
be available by plugins. Configure related parameters
in global bindings.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="killPendingSPickers" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
If enabled, all secondary pickers that were triggered by
a previous pick will be terminated when a new detection or
pick has been found. This aims to avoid the case where an
S phase is wrongly picked as P but would also be picked as
S by the secondary picker. But suppressing the S pick can
lead to undesired results. It might be better in some
situations to have two picks (P and S) instead only a wrong P.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="extraPickComments" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
If enabled and &quot;picker&quot; or &quot;spicker&quot; is
configured, extra comments will be added to the resulting pick.
Supported comments:
SNR: added if SNR >= 0, comment id is &quot;SNR&quot;
duration: added if the duration has been computed at the time
of the pick creation, which actually requires
&quot;thresholds.maxDuration&quot; to be configured
with a non-negative value.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="fx" type="string">
<description>
Configures the feature extraction type to use. Currently
available: &quot;DFX&quot;. Configure related parameters
in global bindings.
When configured, the usability of the features for locating
events depends on the used locator, e.g. LOCSAT. Read the
locator's documentation and configuration parameters.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="amplitudes" type="list:string" default="MLv, mb, mB">
<description>
The amplitude types to be computed by the picker based on
picks.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="thresholds">
<description>
Threshold parameters for the primary picker.
</description>
<parameter name="triggerOn" type="double" default="3">
<description>
For which value on the filtered waveforms is a pick
detected. Station specific values override this value.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="triggerOff" type="double" default="1.5">
<description>
The value the filtered waveforms must reach to enable
detection again. Between triggerOn and triggerOff the
picker is blind and does not produce picks. Station
specific values override this value.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maxGapLength" type="double" default="4.5" unit="s">
<description>
The maximum gap length in seconds to handle.
Gaps larger than this will cause the picker to be reset.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="amplMaxTimeWindow" type="double" default="10" unit="s">
<description>
The time window used to compute a maximum (snr) amplitude
on the filtered waveforms.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="deadTime" type="double" default="30" unit="s">
<description>
The time used together with measured amplitude and
`thresholds.minAmplOffset` for scaling the amplitude below which
the picker is inactive after a P pick. Read the documentation!
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="minAmplOffset" type="double" default="3">
<description>
The amplitude used together with measured amplitude and
`thresholds.deadTime` for scaling the amplitude below which
the picker is inactive after a P pick. The value is typically
similar to the trigger threshold. Read the documentation!
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="minDuration" type="double" default="-1">
<description>
The minimum duration to reach. The duration is measured as
the time between trigger on and trigger off. If this value
is configured the detection (pick) will be delayed in order
to compute and check the duration.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maxDuration" type="double" default="-1">
<description>
The maximum duration allowed. The duration is measured as
the time between trigger on and trigger off. If this value
is configured the detection (pick) will be delayed in order
to compute and check the duration.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="amplitudes">
<parameter name="enableUpdate" type="list:string" default="" unit="">
<description>
Configure a list of magnitude types.
Update and send amplitudes for these magnitudes as soon as data are
available. Do not wait for complete time windows.
Only magnitudes computed by scautopick as given by the amplitudes parameter are considered.
This option is for rapid magnitude estimation and EEW.
WARNING: This option increases the load on the system!
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="connection">
<parameter name="amplitudeGroup" type="string" default="AMPLITUDE">
<description>
Message group for sending amplitudes to.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="comment">
<description>
Properties of a custom comment added to a pick. It requires both
ID and text to be configured.
</description>
<parameter name="ID" type="string" default="">
<description>
The ID of a custom comment.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="text" type="string" default="">
<description>
The text of a custom comment.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</configuration>
<command-line>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Messaging">
<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#content-type</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Database">
<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
<option flag="" long-flag="db-disable" argument="" publicID="database#db-disable">
<description>Do not use the database at all</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Records">
<optionReference>records#record-driver-list</optionReference>
<optionReference>records#record-url</optionReference>
<optionReference>records#record-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>records#record-type</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Mode">
<option flag="" long-flag="offline">
<description>Do not connect to a messaging server and do not use the database.</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="playback">
<description>
Switches to playback mode which does not request a particular time window from
the input data source. This implies that all records are forwarded to scautopick
if files are being used. Without this option scautopick sets the requested
start time to NOW-leadTime and therefore would not work anymore with
older datasets in offline mode or when running playbacks.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="ep">
<description>
Outputs an XML event parameters file containing all picks and amplitudes.
This option implies offline.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="amplitudes" argument="arg" default="1">
<description>Enables or disables computation of amplitudes.</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="test">
<description>
Runs the picker as usual but does not send any messages. This can be useful to
test the picker within a running system.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="dump-config">
<description>
Dumps the current configuration and exits. Station configuration is only read if
the picker connects to the messaging and the database. In offline mode it will
only dump the application specific setting unless a station.conf file is provided.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="dump-records">
<description>
This option only works in combination with :option:`--offline`. It will dump
the data of an amplitude processor if it completed processing successfully
and a new amplitude is available. The output format is a simple ASCII format.
</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Settings">
<option long-flag="filter" argument="filter" param-ref="filter"/>
<option long-flag="time-correction" argument="time" param-ref="timeCorrection"/>
<option long-flag="buffer-size" argument="timespan" param-ref="ringBufferSize"/>
<option long-flag="before" argument="timespan" param-ref="leadTime"/>
<option long-flag="init-time" argument="timespan" param-ref="initTime"/>
<option long-flag="trigger-on" argument="arg" param-ref="thresholds.triggerOn"/>
<option long-flag="trigger-off" argument="arg" param-ref="thresholds.triggerOff"/>
<option long-flag="trigger-dead-time" argument="arg" param-ref="thresholds.deadTime"/>
<option long-flag="ampl-max-time-window" argument="arg" param-ref="thresholds.amplMaxTimeWindow"/>
<option long-flag="min-ampl-offset" argument="arg" param-ref="thresholds.minAmplOffset"/>
<option long-flag="gap-tolerance" argument="arg" param-ref="thresholds.maxGapLength"/>
<option long-flag="gap-interpolation" argument="arg" param-ref="gapInterpolation"/>
<option long-flag="any-stream" argument="arg" param-ref="useAllStreams"/>
<option long-flag="send-detections" param-ref="sendDetections"/>
<option long-flag="extra-comments" param-ref="extraPickComments"/>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
<!-- The basic binding description. This could also go into a separate file, but its integrated
into the core description to have everything in one place. -->
<binding module="scautopick">
<description>
Configures a station for picking. A station without a binding assigned
will not be picked unless the picker is in offline mode.
</description>
<configuration>
<parameter name="detecEnable" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Enables/disables picking on a station.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="detecFilter" type="string" default="&quot;RMHP(10)>>ITAPER(30)>>BW(4,0.7,2)>>STALTA(2,80)&quot;">
<description>
Defines the filter to be used for picking.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="trigOn" type="double" default="3">
<description>
For which value on the filtered waveform is a pick detected.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="trigOff" type="double" default="1.5">
<description>
The value the filtered waveform must reach to
enable a detection again.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="timeCorr" type="double" default="-0.8" unit="s">
<description>
The time correction applied to a pick.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="sensitivityCorrection" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Defines whether the detector applies sensitivity correction
(applying the gain) or not in advance to filter the data.
</description>
</parameter>
</configuration>
</binding>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="scbulletin" category="Utilities">
<description>
Create bulletins from SCML.
</description>
<command-line>
<synopsis>
scbulletin [options]
</synopsis>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Database">
<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#db-disable</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Input">
<option flag="f" long-flag="format" argument="arg">
<description>
Input format to use (xml [default], zxml (zipped xml), binary).
</description>
</option>
<option flag="i" long-flag="input" argument="arg">
<description>
The input file. Default is stdin.
</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Dump">
<option flag="E" long-flag="event" argument="arg">
<description>
ID of event(s) that is read from database and transformed into
a bulletin. Separate multiple IDs by comma."
</description>
</option>
<option flag="O" long-flag="origin" argument="arg">
<description>
ID of origin(s) that is read from database and transformed into
a bulletin. Separate multiple IDs by comma.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="event-agency-id">
<description>
Use the agency ID of the event instead of the preferred origin.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="first-only">
<description>
Convert only the first event/origin to bulletin. Otherwise
all events or origins will be converted to single bulletins
which will be concatenated.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="p" long-flag="polarities">
<description>
Dump onset polarities.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="w" long-flag="weight" argument="arg">
<description>
Weight threshold for printed and counted picks.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="x" long-flag="extra">
<description>
Use a specially detailed autoloc3 format. This options works only
in combination with the autoloc3-flag.
</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Output">
<option flag="1" long-flag="autoloc1">
<description>
Format: Use autoloc1 format for output. This is default.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="3" long-flag="autoloc3">
<description>
Format: Use autoloc3 format for output.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="4" long-flag="fdsnws">
<description>
Format: FDSNWS event text, e.g., for generating catalogs.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="5" long-flag="kml">
<description>
Format: KML. GIS file format.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="e" long-flag="enhanced">
<description>
Enhanced output with higher precision. Times: milliseconds,
distances: meter. Use for bulletins of local earthquakes.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="k" long-flag="dist-in-km">
<description>
Print distances in km instead of degree.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="o" long-flag="output">
<description>
Name of output file. If not given, all event parameters are
printed to stdout.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="x" long-flag="extra">
<description>
Use a specially detailed autoloc3 format. This options works
only in combination with the autoloc3-flag.
</description>
</option>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="scchkcfg" category="Utilities" standalone="true">
<description>Checks a module configuration.</description>
<command-line>
<synopsis>
scchkcfg {mod-name} [standalone]
</synopsis>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

108
etc/descriptions/scdb.xml Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="scdb" category="Utilities">
<description>
Populate a SQL database from XML files or messages.
</description>
<configuration>
<group name="connection">
<parameter name="requestGroup" type="string">
<description>
Define the group on scmaster to subscribe for database
requests.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="provideGroup" type="string">
<description>
Define the group on scmaster to send database response
messages to.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="output">
<parameter name="type" type="string">
<description>
Define the output database connection type.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="parameters" type="string">
<description>
Define the output database connection parameters.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</configuration>
<command-line>
<synopsis>
scdb [options]
</synopsis>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Messaging">
<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#content-type</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
<option flag="-m" long-flag="mode" argument="arg">
<description>
scdb can either process a XML file and write it to the
database or collect messages from scmaster.
If connected to scmaster, the mode defines what objects
are handled: none (no objects at all), notifier (notifier
only) or all (all objects whereas non-notifier objects
are INSERTED into the database).
</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Database">
<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#config-db</optionReference>
<option flag="-o" long-flag="output" argument="arg">
<description>
If connected to scmaster, this flag defines the database
connection to use for writing. The configured application
database connection (as received from scmaster) is reported
to clients as part of a database response messages.
</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Import">
<option flag="i" long-flag="input" argument="arg">
<description>
Define the import XML file to be written to database.
Can be provided multiple times to import multiple files.
</description>
</option>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="scdbstrip" category="Utilities">
<description>Clean up a database from event and waveform quality parameters.</description>
<configuration>
<group name="database">
<group name="cleanup">
<parameter name="invertMode" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Invert the selection of the specified time period, that is
delete all parameters after the specified time period,
not before. When a date range is specified, then delete all
parameters before and after the time range, not in between.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="eventParameters" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Strip all event parameters including events, origins,
magnitudes, amplitudes, arrivals, picks, focal mechanisms.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="qualityControl" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Strip waveform quality control (QC) parameters.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="keep">
<description>
Parameters controlling the time to keep objects in the database.
The time comparison considers the object time, not the time of
their creation.
</description>
<parameter name="days" type="int" default="30">
<description>
The number of days to preserve in the database. This
value is added to the whole timespan. Hours
and minutes are configured separately.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="hours" type="int" default="0">
<description>
The number of hours to preserve in the database. This
value is added to the whole timespan. Days
and minutes are configured separately.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="minutes" type="int" default="0">
<description>
The number of minutes to preserve in the database. This
value is added to the whole timespan. Days
and hours are configured separately.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
</group>
</configuration>
<command-line>
<synopsis>
scdbstrip [options]
</synopsis>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
<option long-flag="first-new" param-ref="firstNew"/>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Database">
<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#db-disable</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Mode">
<option long-flag="check">
<description>
Checks if unreachable objects exist.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="clean-unused">
<description>
Remove all unreachable objects when in checkmode. Default:
off.
</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Objects">
<option long-flag="ep-only" flag="E">
<description>
Strip only event parameters. Other parameters, like QC, are
are ignored.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="qc-only" flag="Q">
<description>
Strip only waveform quality control (QC) parameters. Other
parameters, like event parameters, are are ignored.
Overrides 'eq-only'.
</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Timespan">
<option long-flag="days" argument="arg" param-ref="database.cleanup.keep.days"/>
<option long-flag="hours" argument="arg" param-ref="database.cleanup.keep.hours"/>
<option long-flag="minutes" argument="arg" param-ref="database.cleanup.keep.minutes"/>
<option long-flag="datetime" argument="arg">
<description>
Replaces the days:hours:minutes timespan definition by an
arbitrary absolute timestamp in UTC. Format:
%Y-%m-%dT%H:%M:%S.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="t" long-flag="time-window" argument="arg">
<description>
Delete objects in the specified time window.
Replaces the days:hours:minutes timespan definition by an
arbitrary absolute time range in UTC. Format:
startTime~endTime that is %Y-%m-%dT%H:%M:%S~%Y-%m-%dT%H:%M:%S
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="invert" flag="i" param-ref="database.cleanup.invertMode"/>
<option long-flag="keep-events">
<description>
IDs of events to keep in the database separated with comma.
</description>
</option>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="scdispatch" category="Utilities">
<description>
Read objects (event, origin, etc) from a SCML file and sends the objects
to the messaging system.
</description>
<command-line>
<synopsis>
scdispatch [options]
</synopsis>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Messaging">
<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#content-type</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Database">
<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#db-disable</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Dispatch">
<option flag="e" long-flag="no-events">
<description>
Do not send any event object which are ignored when reading
event parameters.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="i" long-flag="input" argument="arg">
<description>
File from which the content is dispatched to the messaging.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="O" long-flag="operation" argument="arg" default="merge" values="add,update,remove,merge,merge-without-remove">
<description>
Merge and merge-without-remove require a database
connection. Both will read the object corresponding to the
sent object from the database and calculate the differences.
Merge-without-remove behaves like merge with the exception
that remove operations will be filtered out and no objects
in the database will be removed.
If add, update or remove is specified, then all objects in
XML are sent with the given operation regardless of their
existence in the database.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="print-objects">
<description>
Print names of routable objects.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="print-routingtable">
<description>
Print routing table.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="routingtable" argument="arg" default="Amplitude:AMPLITUDE,Event:EVENT,FocalMechanism:FOCMECH,Magnitude:MAGNITUDE, Origin:LOCATION,Pick:PICK,StationMagnitude:MAGNITUDE">
<description>
Specify routing table as comma separated list of object:group
pairs, e.g. &quot;Origin:LOCATION,Event:EVENT&quot;. When an
object should be routed to a group and no table entry for
that particular class type is available, all parent objects
are checked for valid routing entries and the first found is
used. E.g. if only &quot;Origin:LOCATION&quot; is specified
but the input file contains also Arrivals which are child
objects of Origin then the routing entry of Origin is used
because of the parent-child relationship between Origin and
Arrival.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="test">
<description>
Test mode. Does not send any object.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="create-notifier">
<description>
Do not send any object. All notifiers will be written to
standard output in XML format.
</description>
</option>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="scdumpcfg" category="Utilities">
<description>
Dump bindings or module configurations used by a specific module or global
for particular stations.
</description>
<command-line>
<synopsis>
scdumpcfg [options]
</synopsis>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Database">
<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#config-db</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Dump">
<option flag="B" long-flag="bindings" argument="arg">
<description>
Dump bindings instead of module configuration.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="G" long-flag="allow-global" argument="arg">
<description>
Print global bindings if no module binding is available.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="P" long-flag="param" argument="arg">
<description>
Specify the parameter name(s) to filter for. Use comma
separation of multiple parameters.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="cfg">
<description>
Print output in .cfg format. Does not work along with -B.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="nslc">
<description>
Print the list of channels which have bindings of the given
module. Requires to set -B. Can be used by other modules,
e.g., invextr, scart, scmssort, scevtstreams.
</description>
</option>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

305
etc/descriptions/scesv.xml Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,305 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="scesv" category="GUI">
<description>Event summary view.</description>
<configuration>
<parameter name="loadEventDB" type="double" unit="days" default="1">
<description>
Number of days to preload if scesv is started.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="showLastAutomaticSolution" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
If enabled, the last automatic solution is displayed next to the
current solution in the summary panel. If the last automatic
solution differs from the current solution it is displayed
in red. If both solutions match it is displayed in gray.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="showOnlyMostRecentEvent" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
If enabled, only the most recent event is shown even if an update of
an older event is being received.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="recenterMap" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
If enabled, the map is centered around the most recent event event.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="enableFixAutomaticSolutions" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
If enabled, an additional button is displayed which allows to
switch back the latest automatic solution. This button triggers
an command for scevent to prioritize automatic solutions until
the next manual solution is available.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="visibleMagnitudes" type="list:string" default="M,MLv,mb,mB,Mw(mB)">
<description>
A list of magnitude types to be displayed.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="button0" type="string">
<description>
Label of button0 which triggers script0.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="button1" type="string">
<description>
Label of button1 which triggers script1.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="scripts">
<parameter name="script0" type="string">
<description>
Path to a script if button0 is clicked.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="script0">
<parameter name="exportMap" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
If enabled, the current map is exported to file.
The filename is appened to the parameter list of script0.
The script has to take ownership of the file.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="oldStyle" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
If enabled, the parameter list of script0 is event ID,
arrival count, magnitude, description.
If disabled, the parameter list of script0 is event ID,
preferredOriginID, preferredMagnitudeID,
preferredFocalMechanismID.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<parameter name="script1" type="string">
<description>
Path to a script if button1 is clicked.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="script1">
<parameter name="exportMap" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
If enabled, the current map is exported to file.
The filename is appened to the parameter list of script1.
The script has to take ownership of the file.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="oldStyle" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
If enabled, the parameter list of script1 is event ID,
arrivalCount, magnitude, description.
If disabled, the parameter list of script1 is event ID,
preferredOriginID, preferredMagnitudeID,
preferredFocalMechanismID.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
<group name="summary">
<parameter name="borders" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Draw borders in the summary panel.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<parameter name="ignoreOtherEvents" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
If the event type is either &quot;other&quot; or
&quot;not existing&quot; and this flag is true then the
event will not be shown.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="display">
<description>
Adjust content or display custom information in the Summary tab.
</description>
<parameter name="lonmin" type="double" unit="deg" default="-180">
<description>
Minimum longitude of initially displayed map region.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="lonmax" type="double" unit="deg" default="180">
<description>
Maximum longitude of initially displayed map region.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="latmin" type="double" unit="deg" default="-90">
<description>
Minimum latitude of initially displayed map region.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="latmax" type="double" unit="deg" default="90">
<description>
Maximum latitude of initially displayed map region.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="event">
<description>
Event information
</description>
<group name="comment">
<parameter name="id" type="string">
<description>
ID of the event comment to be considered.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="default" type="string">
<description>
Value to be shown in case no valid event comment is
found.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="label" type="string">
<description>
Label of the value to be shown.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
<group name="origin">
<description>
Origin information
</description>
<group name="comment">
<description>
Display origin comments.
</description>
<parameter name="id" type="string">
<description>
ID of the origin comment to be considered.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="default" type="string">
<description>
Value to be shown in case no valid origin comment is
found.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="label" type="string">
<description>
Label of the value to be shown.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
</group>
<group name="poi">
<description>
Display information related to a point of interest (POI)
read from the cities XML file.
</description>
<parameter name="maxDist" type="double" unit="deg" default="20">
<description>
Maximum distance in degrees of a POI to be taken into account.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="minPopulation" type="double">
<description>
The minimum population of a POI to be taken into account.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="message" type="string">
<description>
Message conversion string that converts a POI into the text
displayed under the region label. There are different
placeholders that can be used: @dist@, @dir@, @poi@ and @region@.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</configuration>
<command-line>
<synopsis>
scesv [options]
</synopsis>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#print-config-vars</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#validate-schema-params</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#dump-settings</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#print-context</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#print-component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-utc</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#trace</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Messaging">
<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#content-type</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Database">
<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#db-disable</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Records">
<optionReference>records#record-driver-list</optionReference>
<optionReference>records#record-url</optionReference>
<optionReference>records#record-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>records#record-type</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Cities">
<optionReference>cities#city-xml</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="User interface">
<optionReference>gui#full-screen</optionReference>
<optionReference>gui#non-interactive</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Options">
<option flag="" long-flag="script0" argument="arg">
<description>
Path to the script called when configurable
button0 is pressed; EventID, arrival count, magnitude and
the additional location information string are passed as
parameters $1, $2, $3 and $4, respectively.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="script1" argument="arg">
<description>
Path to the script called when configurable
button1 is pressed; EventID, arrival count, magnitude and
the additional location information string are passed as
parameters $1, $2, $3 and $4, respectively.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="load-event-db" argument="arg">
<description>Number of days to load from database.</description>
</option>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,438 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="scevent" category="Processing">
<description>
Associates an Origin to an Event or forms a new Event if no match is found.
Selects the preferred origin, magnitude and focal mechanism.</description>
<configuration>
<parameter name="eventIDPrefix" type="string">
<description>Prefix for all Event IDs</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="eventIDPattern" type="string" default="%p%Y%04c">
<description>
Defines the pattern to generate an event ID.
%p : prefix
%Y : year
%[w]c: alpha character
%[w]C: upper case alpha character
%[w]d: decimal
%[w]x: hexadecimal
%[w]X: upper case hexadecimal
[w] is an optional width parameter.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="eventIDLookupMargin" type="integer" default="-1">
<description>
Configures the number of event ID slots to look back and
forth when an event ID is already taken. The default in
previous versions was 5. Now -1 means that the margin is
determined automatically based on "eventAssociation.eventTimeBefore"
and "eventAssociation.eventTimeAfter". According to the
configured "eventIDPattern" a fixed time range per slot
can be computed and with that width the number of look
ahead slots and look back slots can be computed based on
the given time ranges for event association.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="populateFERegion" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
If enabled, then the EventDescription with type
'Flinn-Engdahl region' will be populated with the
Flinn-Engdahl region name.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="restAPI" type="string">
<description>
Defines the bind adress of the REST API endpoint. This API
allows to query for possible event associations of origin
candidates.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="processing">
<group name="blacklist">
<parameter name="eventIDs" type="list:string">
<description>
Defines a list of event ID patterns to be blocked. The
items of this list are only matched against %c, %C, %d,
%x and %X of the eventIDPattern description. Year (%Y)
and prefix (%p) are not matched. The match is
case-sensitive, so 'abcd' would only by blocked in
combination with %c. If %C is used, 'ABCD' is matched.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
<group name="eventAssociation">
<description>
Criteria defining if Origins are associated to an event
and which Origins and magnitudes become preferred.
</description>
<parameter name="minimumDefiningPhases" type="int" default="10">
<description>
Minimum number of Picks for an Origin that is automatic and cannot be
associated with an Event to be allowed to form an new Event.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="minimumScore" type="double">
<description>
Minimum score of an automatic Origin to be allowed to
form an new Event. This requires an activated score
plugin and a score processor. Configure &quot;score&quot;
for defining the score processor and the score processor
parameters. If minimumScore is defined, &quot;minimumDefiningPhases&quot;
has no effect on association as this phase check will be
superseded by the score check. It is the task of the score
processor to evaluate a proper score for all input Origins.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="ignoreFMDerivedOrigins" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Ignore and do not associate Origins derived
from CMT/MT inversions.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="eventTimeBefore" type="double" unit="s" default="1800">
<description>
Time range before the Origin time of an incoming Origin to search for
matching events.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="eventTimeAfter" type="double" unit="s" default="1800">
<description>
Time range after the Origin time of an incoming Origin to search for
matching events.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="minimumMatchingArrivals" type="int" default="3">
<description>
Minimum number of matching picks between two Origins to be associated
to the same event.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maximumMatchingArrivalTimeDiff" type="double" unit="s" default="-1">
<description>
Negative time window: compare only pickIDs to find
matching arrivals. A non negative
value (including 0) compares pick times regardless
of the pickID. Pass: |pick1.time - pick2.time| &lt;= threshold
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="compareAllArrivalTimes" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
This parameter is only used in conjunction with
eventAssociation.maximumMatchingArrivalTimeDiff.
If a station has multiple associated arrivals for a
particular event, this flag defines if the time distance
of a new pick to all arrivals must be within
eventAssociation.maximumMatchingArrivalTimeDiff
or if one matching arrival is enough.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="allowLooseAssociatedArrivals" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Allows to match picks that are associated with weight 0.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maximumTimeSpan" type="double" unit="s" default="60">
<description>
Associates an Origin with an existing event if the Origin
time differs not more than 60 seconds unless the
minimumMatchingArrivals criteria matches.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maximumDistance" type="double" unit="degrees" default="5">
<description>
Allowed location difference between an incoming Origin compared with
preferred Origins to get associated.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="magTypes" type="list:string" default="M">
<description>
Magnitude type priority list for becoming a preferred magnitude for an
event.
Example:
M, mBc, Mw(mB), Mwp, ML, MLh, MLv, mb
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="enableFallbackMagnitude" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
If true, one magnitude will be preferred even if magnitude criteria are
not fullfilled.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="minimumMagnitudes" type="int" default="4">
<description>
Minimum number of station magnitudes referenced to a network magnitude
to become a preferred magnitude.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="minMwCount" type="int" default="8">
<description>
Minimum number of station magnitudes required for Mw(mB) to be considered as
preferred magnitude.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="mbOverMwCount" type="int" default="30">
<description>
Minimum number of station magnitudes which ensures that Mw(mB) will be
preferred and not mb.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="mbOverMwValue" type="double" default="6">
<description>
Average between mb and Mw(mB) which must be exceeded to become Mw(mB)
preferred.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="magPriorityOverStationCount" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
If false then the station count rules out the magnitude priority
which is only taken into account if two magnitudes have the
same station count.
If true then the priority rules out the station count
which is only taken into account if two magnitudes have the
same priority.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="priorities" type="list:string" default="AGENCY, STATUS, PHASES_AUTOMATIC, TIME_AUTOMATIC">
<description>
The general priority list to decide if an Origin becomes preferred.
The priority decreases in the order of the parameters.
This list is not used unless this parameter is activated.
Empty priority list: scevent replicates the default hard wired behaviour:
AGENCY, STATUS, PHASES_AUTOMATIC, TIME_AUTOMATIC
Each item in the list corresponds to a check that is performed.
Each check computes a score of the incoming Origin (s1) and the
current preferred Origin (s2). If the s1 is lower than s2,
the incoming Origin is rejected and does not become preferred.
All subsequent checks are ignored.
If s1 is equal to s2, the next check in the list is performed.
If s1 is larger than s2, the Origin becomes preferred and
all subsequent checks are ignored.
Available tokens:
AGENCY: check based on agency priorities
AUTHOR: check based on author priorities
MODE: evaluation mode priority: 0 = unset, 1 = automatic, 2 = manual, manual over-rules automatic
STATUS: priority combined from evaluation status and evaluation mode:
-100 = status is rejected, -1 = status is reported,
0 = status is preliminary or status is unset and mode is automatic,
1 = status is confirmed or status is unset and mode is manual,
2 = status is reviewed, 3 = status is final,
METHOD: check based on the method priorities
PHASES: higher phase count = higher priority
PHASES_AUTOMATIC: only checks phase priorities for incoming automatic Origins
RMS: lower rms = higher priority
RMS_AUTOMATIC: only check RMS on incoming automatic Origins
TIME: more recent Origins (creationTime) have higher priorities
TIME_AUTOMATIC: only check creationTime priority on incoming automatic Origins
SCORE: evaluates the score according to a configured ScoreProcessor and
prefers the Origin/Focalmechanism with the highest score.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="agencies" type="list:string">
<description>
The agencyID priority list. When the eventtool comes to the point to
select a preferred Origin based on AGENCY it orders all Origins by its agency priority and
selects then the best one among the highest priority agency. It also defines the
agency priority for custom priority checks
(eventAssociation.priorities).
The parameter is only considered when defined in &quot;priorities&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="authors" type="list:string">
<description>
The author priority list. When the eventtool comes to the point to
select a preferred Origin based on AUTHOR it orders all Origins by its author priority and
selects then the best one among the highest priority author. It also defines the
author priority for custom priority checks (eventAssociation.priorities).
The parameter is only considered when defined in &quot;priorities&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="methods" type="list:string">
<description>
The method priority list. When the eventtool comes to the point to
select a preferred Origin based on METHOD it orders all Origins by its methodID priority and
selects then the best one among the highest priority method. It also defines the
method priority for custom priority checks (eventAssociation.priorities).
A defined method string must match exactly the string in Origin.methodID.
The parameter is only considered when defined in &quot;priorities&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="score" type="string">
<description>
Defines the ScoreProcessor interface to be used along
with priority &quot;SCORE&quot;.
The parameter is only considered when defined in &quot;priorities&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="declareFakeEventForRejectedOrigin" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
If the preferred Origin has evaluation status 'rejected', the
Event type will be set to 'not existing' unless the Event
type has been fixed by an operator or the preferred Origin
has been fixed.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="delayTimeSpan" type="int" unit="s">
<description>
Configures a timespan to delay Event creation. If a new Origin arrives
which cannot be associated to an existing Event, delay the Event creation for a certain
timespan.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="region">
<description>
Region filter for creating events. Use with care! Origins
outside may be ignored even if they would
become preferred otherwise.
</description>
<parameter name="rect" type = "string" >
<description>
Region by geographic coordinates.
Format: "South, East, North, West"
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="minDepth" type="double" unit="km">
<description>
Minimum depth.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maxDepth" type="double" unit="km">
<description>
Maximum depth.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="delayFilter">
<description>
The delayFilter group configures an Origin filter to activate the delay feature for
this Origin. If more than one filter is given they are combined with AND.
</description>
<parameter name="agencyID" type="string">
<description>The agencyID of the Origin to be delayed.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="author" type="string">
<description>The author of the Origin to be delayed.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="evaluationMode" type="string">
<description>
The evaluation mode of the Origin to be delayed. Can be either &quot;manual&quot;
or &quot;automatic&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
</configuration>
<command-line>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
<option flag="x" long-flag="expiry" argument="time">
<description>Time span in hours after which objects expire.</description>
</option>
<option flag="O" long-flag="origin-id" argument="publicID">
<description>
OriginID to be associated. When given no messages are sent.
Only the status of the association is written to stdout.
</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Messaging">
<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#encoding</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Database">
<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#db-disable</optionReference>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<plugin name="EventType">
<extends>scevent</extends>
<description>evtype plugin for scevent</description>
<configuration>
<group name="eventType">
<description>
Set the event type based on type comments of picks. Add the
plugin &quot;evtype&quot; to the list of plugins in the order
of priority to make this feature available.
</description>
<parameter name="setEventType" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Allow setting the event type.
The type of events which have manual origins will
not be changed unless configured explicitely by
&quot;overwriteManual&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="overwriteEventType" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Allow overwriting existing event types set by other modules.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="overwriteManual" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Allow setting the event type if the mode of the preferred
origin is manual or if the event type was set manually.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="pickCommentIDs" type="list:string" default="scrttv:eventTypeHint,deepc:eventTypeHint">
<description>
Consider comments of picks which have one of the
given values. An empty list disables setting the type.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</configuration>
</plugin>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<plugin name="OriginScoreMF">
<extends>scevent</extends>
<description>
Plugin for computing a score for an origin by the OriginMultiFeature
score processor. The score is calculated in the same way as for scanloc.
</description>
<configuration>
<group name="score">
<description>
Origin score processor "OriginMultiFeature" returning a score
for an origin as a measure of goodness. The score is
then compared against *minimumScore* replacing
*minimumDefiningPhases*. Requires to configure
the global parameter *plugins* with "scoremf" in order to
load this gempa plugin and to set *minimumScore* and *score*
accordingly. The score calculation is consistent with scanloc's
scoring logic. Read the scanloc documentation for full details.
</description>
<group name="mf">
<parameter name="defaultScore" type="double" default="0.0">
<description>
The default score returned for an origin that fails
completely or is filtered out by thresholds such as for
depth and RMS.
</description>
</parameter>
<!-- Optional: channel letters for type detection -->
<parameter name="strongMotionCodes" type="list:string" default="L,N">
<description>
List of one-letter instrument codes (2nd letter) in
channel codes identifying strong motion sensors, e.g.,
in HL?, HN?.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="infrasoundCodes" type="list:string" default="D">
<description>
List of one-letter instrument codes (2nd letter) in
channel codes identifying infrasound sensors, e.g., in
HDF.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="weights">
<!-- Phase weights -->
<parameter name="p" type="list:double" default="1.0,0.0,0.0">
<description>
The weight for number of used P arrival measures.
Assumes only arrival time when exactly 1 value is set.
Use a comma-separated list, wT,wSlo,wBaz, for giving
specific weight to pick time, slowness and back azimuth,
respectively.
Example: 1.0,0.0,0.0 .
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="p0" type="double" default="0.0">
<description>
Weight per unused P pick.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="s" type="double" default="2.0">
<description>
Weight per used S pick.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="s0" type="double" default="0.0">
<description>
Weight per unused S pick.
</description>
</parameter>
<!-- Quality weights -->
<parameter name="normalizationDepth" type="double" default="50.0">
<description>
Origin depth is normalized to this value for
computing the score contribution. Shallower depths
contribute to larger score.
This is also the maximum allowed depth. Origins with
depth greater then this value get a score equal to
&quot;defaultScore&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="depth" type="double" default="1.0">
<description>
Weight for depth-based quality score.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="normalizationRMS" type="double" default="2.0">
<description>
Origin RMS is normalized to this value for computing
the score contribution. Lower RMS contribute to
larger score.
This is also the maximum allowed RMS. Origins with
residual greater than this value score of equal to
&quot;defaultScore&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="residual" type="double" default="1.0">
<description>
Weight for RMS-based quality score.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="gap" type="double" default="1.0">
<description>
Weight for azimuthal gap score. The smaller the gap
the larger the score.
</description>
</parameter>
<!-- Manual pick boost -->
<parameter name="manualPick" type="double" default="0.5">
<description>
Weight per used manual pick.
</description>
</parameter>
<!-- Channel-type based weights -->
<parameter name="strongMotion" type="double" default="0.0">
<description>
Weight per used strong motion pick as defined in
&quot;strongMotionCodes&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="infrasound" type="double" default="0.0">
<description>
Weight per used infrasound pick as defined in
&quot;infrasoundCodes&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
<!-- Author weights -->
<parameter name="authors" type="list:string" unit="author:score">
<description>
List of tuple of authors and score contribution.
If an author matches, the corresponding score
contribution is added to the final score.
Example: "scautoloc:1,scanloc:10,ccloc:100".
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
</group>
</configuration>
</plugin>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<plugin name="RegionCheck">
<extends>scevent</extends>
<description>evrc plugin for scevent</description>
<configuration>
<group name="rc">
<description>
Test if events lie within or outside geographic regions defined
by polygons.
Events within a region are flagged as positive, outside as negative.
The event type is set accordingly. Add the
plugin &quot;evrc&quot; to the plugins parameter in the
order of priority to make this feature available. Read the
documentation of the RegionCheck for more details.
</description>
<parameter name="setEventType" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Allow setting the event type.
The type of events which have manual origins will
not be changed unless configured explicitely by
&quot;overwriteManual&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="overwriteEventType" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Allow overwriting existing event types. Disabling does not
allow accounting for changes in source region.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="overwriteManual" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Allow setting the event type if the mode of the preferred
origin is manual or if the event type was set manually.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="regions" type="list:string" default="!reject">
<description>
The list of closed polygon names defining regions for
flagging event as positive or negative.
A polygon name defines a positive region but names with
prefix ! (exclamation mark) define negative regions.
Evaluation is done in the order of the polygons. The last
matching criteria applies and the event type is set
accordingly.
Default: If events are not positive or are negative regions
the event type is set to &quot;outside of network
interest&quot;. Default:
&quot;!reject&quot;, use &quot;accecpt&quot; to overwrite
the default.
Examples:
Events are flagged positive within the polygon
&quot;germany&quot;:
germany
All events are flagged positive but events within the
polygon &quot;quarries&quot; are negative:
accept,!quarries
Events within the polygon &quot;germany&quot; are flagged
positive but all other events and events within the polygon
&quot;quarries&quot; are negaitve:
germany,!quarries
All events are flagged positive but events within the
polygon &quot;germany&quot; are negative and all events
within the polygon &quot;saxony&quot; are positive:
accept,!germany,saxony
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="readEventTypeFromBNA" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Consider the event type, minDepth and maxDepth values from
the polygons defined by GeoJSON or BNA files. Read the
documentation of the RegionCheck plugin for the details.
When eventType is defined in the polygons, the value
supersedes values of 'eventTypePositive' and
'eventTypeNegative'.
If not set, 'eventTypePositive' and 'eventTypeNegative' are
considered.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="eventTypePositive" type="string" default="">
<description>
New type of an event which is flagged positive. Ignored
if 'readEventTypeFromBNA' is active and the polygons
define eventType.
Empty: Do not set type.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="eventTypeNegative" type="string" default="&quot;outside of network interest&quot;">
<description>
New type of an event which is flagged negative. Ignored
if 'readEventTypeFromBNA' is active and the polygons
define eventType.
Empty means default: &quot;outside of network interest&quot;
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</configuration>
</plugin>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<plugin name="OriginScoreSum">
<extends>scevent</extends>
<description>
Plugin for scoring origins in scevent by score processor OriginSum
</description>
<configuration>
<group name="score">
<group name="sum">
<description>
Origin score processor "OriginSum": Compute origin scores as
weighted averages of number of used P phases (p), number of
unused P phases (p0), number of used S phases (s), number of
unused S phases (s0), origin depth and residual. The score
applies for ranking origins of events. Add the plugin "scoresum" to
the global parameter "plugins", configure the scevent parameter
&quot;eventAssociation.score&quot; with "OriginSum" and add SCORE
to &quot;eventAssociation.priorities&quot; for applying this
score processor.
Note: This plugin is provided with the scanloc package. Read the
documentation of scanloc for more details.
</description>
<parameter name="p" type="list:double" default="1.0">
<description>
The weight for number of used P arrival measures.
Assumes only arrival time when exactly 1 value is set.
Use a comma-separated list, wT,wSlo,wBaz, for giving
specific weight to pick time, slowness and back azimuth,
respectively.
Example: 1.0,0.0,0.0 .
The usage of slowness and back azimuth depends on locator.
They are not considered by Hypo71, NonLinLoc, StdLoc and
FixedHypocenter.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="p0" type="double" default="0.5">
<description>
The weight for number of added but unused P arrivals.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="s" type="list:double" default="2.0">
<description>
The weight for number of used S arrival measures.
Assumes only arrival time when exactly 1 value is set.
Use a comma-separated list, wT,wSlo,wBaz, for giving
specific weight to pick time, slowness and back azimuth,
respectively.
Example: 2.0,0.0,0.0 .
The usage of slowness and back azimuth depends on locator.
They are not considered by Hypo71, NonLinLoc, StdLoc and
FixedHypocenter.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="s0" type="double" default="0.5">
<description>
The weight for number of added but unused S arrivals.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="normalizationDepth" type="double" unit="km" default="650.0">
<description>
Origin depth is normalized to this value for computing the
score contribution. Shallower depths contribute to larger
score.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="depth" type="double" default="1.0">
<description>
The weight of origin depth. Set this value to 0.0 for
scoring origins independent of depth whenever shallow and
deep sources are equally expected.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="normalizationRMS" type="double" unit="s" default="1.5">
<description>
Origin RMS is normalized to this value for computing the
score contribution. Lower RMS contribute to larger score.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="residual" type="double" default="1.0">
<description>
The weight of origin RMS residual.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="increaseManual" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Increase the weight for manual picks by a factor of 1.001.
This gives preference to manual picks in case
automatic ones co-exist for the same station.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
</configuration>
</plugin>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="scevtlog" category="Utilities">
<description>Event log preserving the history of updates.</description>
<configuration>
<parameter name="directory" type="string" default="@LOGDIR@/events">
<description>
Specify the output directory. Within this directory the logging
directory structure and the event files are stored.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="format" type="string" default="xml">
<description>
Specify output event format (default is autoloc3). For completeness
it is recommended to switch to xml as storage format. The autoloc3
format can be easily reconstructed with scbulletin but not the other
way around.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="gzip" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
If format is xml then all XML files will be compressed with gzip
and stored with file extension &quot;.xml.gz&quot;. They are also
valid gzip files and can be used as input to e.g. zgrep.
</description>
</parameter>
</configuration>
<command-line>
<synopsis>
scevtlog [options]
</synopsis>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Messaging">
<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#content-type</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Database">
<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#db-disable</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Storage">
<option flag="o" long-flag="directory" argument="arg" param-ref="directory"/>
<option flag="f" long-flag="format" argument="arg" param-ref="format"/>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="scevtls" category="Utilities">
<description>List event IDs from database.</description>
<command-line>
<synopsis>
scevtls [options]
</synopsis>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Database">
<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#db-disable</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Input">
<option flag="i" long-flag="input" argument="arg">
<description>
Name of input XML file. Read from stdin if '-' is given.
Deactivates reading events from database.
</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Events">
<option long-flag="begin" argument="time">
<description>
Specify the lower bound of the time interval. Format:
2012-01-01T00:00:00.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="end" argument="time">
<description>
Specify the upper bound of the time interval. Format:
2012-01-01T00:00:00.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="hours" argument="arg">
<description>
Start searching given hours before now. If set, --begin and
--end are ignored.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="modified-after" argument="time">
<description>
Print IDs of events modified after the specified time.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="event-type" argument="arg">
<description>
The event type for filtering events.
Use quotes for types with more than one word.
Example: "mining explosion".
</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Output">
<option long-flag="delimiter" flag="D" argument="string">
<description>
Specify the delimiter of the resulting event IDs.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="preferred-origin" flag="p" argument="">
<description>
Print the ID of the preferred origin along with the event
ID.
</description>
</option>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="scevtstreams" category="Utilities">
<description>
Extract stream information with time windows from picks of an event.
</description>
<command-line>
<synopsis>
scevtstreams [options]
</synopsis>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Database">
<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#db-disable</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Input">
<option flag="i" long-flag="input" argument="arg">
<description>
Input XML file name. Reads event from the XML file instead of
database. Use '-' to read from stdin.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="f" long-flag="format" argument="arg">
<description>
Input format to use (xml [default], zxml (zipped xml),
binary). Only relevant with -i.
</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Dump">
<option flag="E" long-flag="event" argument="arg">
<description>The ID of the event to consider.</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="net-sta" argument="arg">
<description>
Filter read picks by network code or network and station
code. Format: NET or NET.STA
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="nslc" argument="arg">
<description>
Stream list file to be used for filtering read picks by
stream code. '--net-sta' will be ignored. One line per
stream. Line format: NET.STA.LOC.CHA.
</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Output">
<option flag="m" long-flag="margin" argument="arg">
<description>
Time margin around the picked time window, default is 300.
Added before the first and after the last pick,
respectively. Use 2 comma-separted values (before,after)
for asymmetric margins. Example: 120,300.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="S" long-flag="streams" argument="arg">
<description>
Comma separated list of streams per station to add.
Example: BH,SH,HH.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="C" long-flag="all-components" argument="arg">
<description>
Specify whether to use all components (1) or just the
picked ones (0). Default: 1.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="L" long-flag="all-locations" argument="arg">
<description>
Specify whether to use all location codes (1) or just
the picked ones (0). Default: 1.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="all-stations" argument="">
<description>
Dump all stations from the same network. If unused, just
stations with picks are dumped.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="all-networks" argument="">
<description>
Dump all networks. If unused, just networks with picks are
dumped. This option implies --all-stations, --all-locations,
--all-streams, --all-components and will only provide the
time window.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="R" long-flag="resolve-wildcards" argument="flag">
<description>
If all components are used, use inventory to resolve stream
components instead of using '?' (important when Arclink
should be used).
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="caps" argument="">
<description>
Dump in capstool format (Common Acquisition Protocol Server
by gempa GmbH).
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="fdsnws" argument="flag">
<description>
Dump in FDSN dataselect webservice POST format.
</description>
</option>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

323
etc/descriptions/scheli.xml Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,323 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="scheli" category="GUI">
<description>Real-time helicorder view for one stream.</description>
<configuration>
<group name="heli">
<parameter name="streams" type="list:string" default="" unit="">
<description>
List of stream codes to be plotted (net.sta.loc.cha).
If not in capture mode only the first stream is shown.
When using a list, the first entry is considered.
Use commas for separating streams.
Example: GR.MOX..BHZ
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="filter" type="string" default="" unit="">
<description>Filter to be applied on the data.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="numberOfRows" type="integer" default="48" unit="">
<description>Filter to be applied on the data.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="rowTimeSpan" type="double" default="1800" unit="s">
<description>Length of data per trace.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="timeFormat" type="string" default="%F" unit="">
<description>
The time format used to print the start and end time of the
whole plot (upper right corner). The format specification is
the one used in the strftime function (man strftime).
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="recordTime" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Set current time to last data sample.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="lineWidth" type="integer" default="1" unit="px">
<description>Line width of traces.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="colors" type="list:string" default="FF0000, 0000FF" unit="">
<description>
A list of alternating row colors cycled through for painting
traces.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="antialiasing" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Use anti aliasing to plot the traces. The default uses the
settings from scheme.records.antiAliasing
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="stream">
<parameter name="description" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Add stream description to traces.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="amplitudeRange">
<description>
Gain-corrected amplitudes given in units of the sensor.
For example: m/s.
</description>
<parameter name="scaling" type="string" default="minmax">
<description>
Define the method to scale traces within rows. Possible
values are:
minmax: Scale all rows to configured minimum and maximum
amplitudes configured by amplitudeRange.min and
amplitudeRange.max
row: Scale each row to the maximum within this row.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="min" type="double" default="-0.00001" unit="unit of input data">
<description>
Minimum amplitude to show in trace. Requires
amplitudeRange.scale = "minmax".
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="max" type="double" default="0.00001" unit="unit of input data">
<description>
Minimum amplitude to show in trace. Requires
amplitudeRange.scale = "minmax".
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="dump">
<description>
Control dumping of PNG images.
Execute &quot;scheli capture&quot; for image generation in
the background without the graphics.
</description>
<parameter name="interval" type="integer" default="-1" unit="s">
<description>
Image creation interval. Negative values disable image
dumping.
If enabled, images are generated at the configured
interval.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="outputFile" type="string" default="/tmp/heli_%N_%S_%L_%C.png">
<description>Name of output file.
The filename can contain placeholders
that are replaced by the corresponding streamID parts:
%N : network code
%S : station code
%L : location code
%C : channel code
Placeholders are important if more than one stream
is given and capture mode is active.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="dpi" type="integer" default="300" unit="dpi">
<description>Image resolution.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="xres" type="integer" default="1024" unit="px">
<description>Number of pixels horizontally.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="yres" type="integer" default="768" unit="px">
<description>Number of pixels vertically.</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
<group name="scripts">
<parameter name="postprocessing" type="path">
<description>
Define the path to a script that is called whenever an image
has been captured and written to disc. The only parameter is
the path to the generated image.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</configuration>
<command-line>
<synopsis>
scheli [options]
</synopsis>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#print-config-vars</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#validate-schema-params</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#dump-settings</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#print-context</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#print-component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-utc</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#trace</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Messaging">
<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#content-type</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Database">
<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#config-db</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Records">
<optionReference>records#record-driver-list</optionReference>
<optionReference>records#record-url</optionReference>
<optionReference>records#record-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>records#record-type</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="User interface">
<optionReference>gui#full-screen</optionReference>
<optionReference>gui#non-interactive</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Mode">
<option long-flag="offline" argument="" publicID="mode#offline">
<description>
Do not connect to a messaging server and do not use the
database.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="end-time" argument="arg" publicID="mode#end-time">
<description>
Set the acquisition end time, e.g. '2017-09-08 13:30:00',
default: 'gmt'
</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Data">
<option long-flag="stream" argument="arg">
<description>
The record stream that should be displayed. Can be used
multiple times for multiple streams.
Example: GR.MOX..BHZ (net.sta.loc.cha)
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="filter" argument="arg">
<description>
The filter to apply
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="gain" argument="arg" unit="counts/unit">
<description>
Gain applied to the data before plotting
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="amp-scaling" argument="arg" default="minmax">
<description>
Lower bound of amplitude range per row. Possible values:
minmax: Scale all rows to configured minimum and maximum
amplitudes.
row: Scale each row to the maximum within this row.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="amp-range-min" argument="arg">
<description>
Lower bound of amplitude range per row
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="amp-range-max" argument="arg">
<description>
Upper bound of amplitude range per row
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="amp-range" argument="arg">
<description>
Arround zero bound of amplitude range per row
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="record-time" argument="arg">
<description>
Do the last row always contain the last record received
</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Output">
<option long-flag="desc" argument="arg">
<description>
Enable/disable the display of a station description
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="rows" argument="arg">
<description>
Configure the number of rows to display
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="time-span" argument="arg" unit="s">
<description>
Configure the time-span (in secs) per row. Unit: seconds.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="aa" argument="arg">
<description>
Set antialiasing for rendering the traces
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="xres" argument="arg" unit="dpi">
<description>
Output x resolution when generating images. Unit: dpi.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="yres" argument="arg" unit="dpi">
<description>
Output y resolution when generating images. Unit: dpi.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="dpi" argument="arg" unit="dpi">
<description>
Output dpi when generating postscript. Unit:dpi.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="o" argument="arg">
<description>
Output filename. Placeholders are %N,%S,%L,%C for network
code, station code, location code, channel code.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="interval" argument="arg" unit="s">
<description>
Snapshot interval (less than 0 disables timed snapshots).
Unit: seconds.
</description>
</option>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

173
etc/descriptions/scimex.xml Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="scimex" category="Utilities">
<description>SeisComP event exchange between two systems.</description>
<configuration>
<parameter name="mode" type="string">
<description>
Mode of operation. Options are IMPORT or EXPORT.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="cleanupinterval" type="double" unit="s">
<description>Cache lifetime for objects.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="subscriptions" type="list:string">
<description>
Only used in export mode. A list of message groups to subscribe.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="conversion" type="string">
<description>
Used only in import mode. It defines the source format of the
messages that need to be converted. Currently the import of
SeisComP datamodel version 0.51 (imexscdm0.51)
is supported which was used in release Barcelona (2008).
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="exportHosts" type="list:string">
<description>
A list of hosts profiles to be considered for exporting.
These are used in hosts.$name directives
(see below) to define addresses, filter criteria, etc.
applicable to each recipient.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="importHosts" type="list:string">
<description>
A list of hosts profiles to be considered for importing.
These are used with hosts.$name directives similarly to
exportHosts.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="criteria">
<struct type="Filter type">
<description>A definition of an event filter.</description>
<parameter name="latitude" type="tuple:double">
<description>
Pair of doubles that defines the latitude range.
Example: -90:90.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="longitude" type="tuple:double">
<description>
Pair of doubles that defines the longitude range.
Example: -180:180.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="magnitude" type="tuple:double">
<description>
Pair of doubles that defines the magnitude range.
Example: 3:10.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="arrivalcount" type="int">
<description>
Number of minimum arrivals.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="agencyID" type="list:string">
<description>
White list of AgencyIDs (the agency identifier which
appears in the objects sent over the export-import link).
</description>
</parameter>
</struct>
</group>
<group name="hosts">
<struct type="Host system type">
<description>
A sink definition used for either import or export.
</description>
<parameter name="address" type="string">
<description>
Address of a sink, as a host name with an optional port
number e.g. 'address = 192.168.1.1' or
'address = somewhere.com:4803'
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="criteria" type="string">
<description>
Defining filter criteria name for sink, e.g. criteria =
world-xxl. The criteria must be defined in the criteria.
* configuration lines.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="filter" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Enable/disable filtering based on defined criteria.
If set to false, all events will pass, even if one
or more criteria are defined.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="conversion" type="string">
<description>
Optional target format for export.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="useDefinedRoutingTable" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Enable/disable defined routing tables.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="routingTable" type="list:string">
<description>
Defining routing tables in the meaning of mapping
objects to message groups. Example: Pick:NULL,
StationAmplitude:NULL, Origin:LOCATION,
StationMagnitude: MAGNITUDE, NetworkMagnitude:MAGNITUDE,
MagnitudeReference:MAGNITUDE, OriginReference:EVENT,
Event:EVENT. Specifying NULL for the message group causes
messages to be thrown away/dropped/discarded.
</description>
</parameter>
</struct>
</group>
</configuration>
<command-line>
<synopsis>
scimex [options]
</synopsis>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Messaging">
<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#content-type</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="SCIMEX">
<option long-flag="print-default-routingtable">
<description>
Print the default object routing table.
</description>
</option>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="scimport" category="Utilities">
<description>Forward messages across two SeisComP systems.</description>
<configuration>
<parameter name="sink" type="string">
<description>
URI of receiving host which runs scmaster. The URI contains
the host name with an optional protocol and port.
Format: protocol://host:port
Examples:
- proc
- scmp://proc:18180
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="routingtable" type="list:string">
<description>
This option has to be set if the application runs in import mode.
The routing table has to be defined in the form of
source_group:sink_group
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="msggroups" type="list:string">
<description>
Define a list of message groups of the source system
(connection.server). If not specified, the source system is
queried for a list of message groups which are then used to check
each subscription extracted from the routing table.
This parameter allows to override to source query result.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="useFilter" type="boolean" default="true">
Enable/Disable filtering of messages
</parameter>
<group name="filter">
<description>Define filter criteria before sending.</description>
<group name="pick">
<description>Criteria for filtering picks.</description>
<parameter name="mode" type="string">
<description>
The mode of picks to filter for. Allowed values:
&quot;automatic&quot; and &quot;manual&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="status" type="string">
<description>
The status of picks to filter for. Allowed values:
&quot;preliminary&quot;, &quot;confirmed&quot;,
&quot;reviewed&quot;, &quot;final&quot;,
&quot;rejected&quot; and &quot;reported&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="phase" type="string">
<description>
The pick phase hint to filter for. Allowed values:
all possible phase codes.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="agencyIDs" type="list:string">
<description>
The pick agencyIDs to filter for. Allowed values:
all possible agency ids;
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="networkCode" type="string">
<description>
The pick network code of the processed waveforms.
Allowed values: all possible network codes.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="amplitude">
<description>Criteria for filtering amplitudes</description>
<parameter name="operator" type="string">
<description>
The amplitude comparison operator. Allowed values:
&quot;eq&quot;, &quot;lt&quot;, &quot;gt&quot; and &quot;*&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="amplitude" type="double">
<description>
The amplitude threshold to filter for. The operator
configured with &quot;operator&quot; is used to compare this threshold with
the incoming value. If &quot;operator&quot; is &quot;*&quot; then
values will pass.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="agencyIDs" type="list:string">
<description>
The amplitude agencyIDs to filter for. Allowed values:
all possible agency ids.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="origin">
<description>Criteria for filtering origins</description>
<parameter name="latitude" type="string">
<description>
The latitude range in format [min]:[max].
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="longitude" type="string">
<description>
The longitude range in format [min]:[max].
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="depth" type="string">
<description>
The depth range in format [min]:[max].
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="agencyIDs" type="list:string">
<description>
The origin agencyIDs to filter for. Allowed values:
all possible agency ids;
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="mode" type="string">
<description>
The origin evaluation mode to filter for. Allowed values:
&quot;automatic&quot; and &quot;manual&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="status" type="string">
<description>
The origin status to filter for. Allowed values:
&quot;preliminary&quot;, &quot;confirmed&quot;,
&quot;reviewed&quot;, &quot;final&quot;,
&quot;rejected&quot; and &quot;reported&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="arrivalcount" type="string">
<description>
The minimum number of arrivals of an origin to pass
the filter.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="event">
<description>Criteria for filtering events</description>
<parameter name="type" type="string">
<description>
The event type to filter for, e.g. &quot;earthquake&quot;,
&quot;explosion&quot; ...
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="stationMagnitude">
<description>Criteria for filtering station magnitudes</description>
<parameter name="type" type="string">
<description>
The station magnitude type. Allowed values: all possible
magnitude types such as &quot;MLv&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="magnitude">
<description>Criteria for filtering network magnitudes</description>
<parameter name="type" type="string">
<description>
The magnitude type. Allowed values: all possible
magnitude types such as &quot;MLv&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="qc">
<description>Criteria for filtering QC parameters</description>
<parameter name="type" type="string">
<description>
The QC parameter type. Allowed values: all possible
types such as &quot;latency&quot;, &quot;delay&quot; ...
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
</configuration>
<command-line>
<synopsis>
scimport [options]
</synopsis>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Messaging">
<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#content-type</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Import">
<option flag="o" long-flag="sink" param-ref="sink"/>
<option flag="i" long-flag="import">
<description>
Switch to import mode (default is relay). Im import mode the
routing table has to be specified whereas in relay the
routing table will be calculated automatically.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="no-filter">
<description>
Disable message filtering and ignore all configured filters.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="routeunknowngroup">
<description>
Route unknown groups to the default group IMPORT_GROUP.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="ignore-groups">
<description>
Ignore user specified groups.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="test">
<description>
Do not send any messages.
</description>
</option>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

211
etc/descriptions/scinv.xml Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="scinv" category="Inventory">
<description>Inventory database synchronisation.</description>
<command-line>
<synopsis>
scinv command [options] [files]
</synopsis>
<description>
Command is one of: sync, merge, apply, keys, ls and check.
</description>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#print-config-vars</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#validate-schema-params</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#dump-settings</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#print-context</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#print-component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-utc</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#trace</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Messaging">
<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#content-type</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Database">
<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#db-disable</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Manager">
<option long-flag="filebase" argument="dir">
<description>
Directory to check for inventory XML files. If not given,
all XML files passed are checked.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="rc-dir" argument="dir">
<description>
If given, rc (resource) files will be created in this
directory for each station. The station descriptions will be
from the last available epoch.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="key-dir" argument="dir">
<description>
The directory to synchronise key files to. If not given,
@SYSTEMCONFIGDIR@/key is assumed.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="o" long-flag="output" argument="file">
<description>
Output file for writing inventory XML after merging.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="purge-keys">
<description>
(default) Delete key files if a station does not exist in
inventory.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="no-purge-keys">
<description>
Do not delete key files if a station does not exist in
inventory.
</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Check">
<option long-flag="distance" unit="km" default="10">
<description>
Maximum allowed distance between station and location
coordinates when using the check command.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="max-elevation-difference" unit="m" default="500">
<description>Maximum allowed difference in elevation
between station and sensorlocation in m. Larger differences
will be reported.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="max-sensor-depth" unit="m" default="500">
<description>
Maximum allowed depth of channel (sensor). This is the depth
of the sensor below the surface in m. Larger depths will be
reported.
</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="List">
<option long-flag="compact">
<description>
Enable compact output for ls: each object one line.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="level" argument="int">
<description>
Information level reported by ls. One of "net", "sta",
"cha" or "resp". Default is "cha".
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="nslc">
<description>
Enable NSLC output for ls as NET.STA.LOC.CHA. The option
implies level = cha.
</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Merge">
<option long-flag="strip">
<description>
Remove unreferenced objects (data loggers, sensors, ...).
</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Sync">
<option long-flag="create-notifier">
<description>
If an output file is given, then all notifiers will be saved
and not the result set itself.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="no-keys">
<description>
Do not synchronise key files.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="no-rc">
<description>
Do not synchronise rc files.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="test">
<description>
Do not send any notifiers and just output resulting
operations and conflicts.
</description>
</option>
</group>
</command-line>
<configuration>
<parameter name="syncKeys" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Synchronise key files.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="purgeKeys" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Delete key files if a station does not exist in inventory.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="check">
<description>
Quantities probed when using the check command.
</description>
<parameter name="maxDistance" type="double" unit="km" default="10">
<description>
Maximum allowed distance between station and sensor location
coordinates.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maxElevationDifference" type="double" unit="m" default="500">
<description>
Maximum allowed differences between elevation of station and
sensor location.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maxSensorDepth" type="double" unit="m" default="500">
<description>
Maximum allowed depth of channel (sensor). This is the depth
of the sensor below the surface.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</configuration>
</module>
</seiscomp>

64
etc/descriptions/scm.xml Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="scm" category="Utilities">
<description>Process monitor.</description>
<configuration>
</configuration>
<command-line>
<synopsis>
scm [options]
</synopsis>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Messaging">
<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#content-type</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Monitor">
<option flag="c" long-flag="clients" argument="list">
<description>
Comma separated list of clients to monitor.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="print-tags">
<description>
Print available keys for accessing client info data and to
build filter configurations.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="no-output-plugins">
<description>
Do not use output plugins such as mncursesplugin.
</description>
</option>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

205
etc/descriptions/scmag.xml Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="scmag" category="Processing">
<description>Calculates magnitudes of different types.</description>
<configuration>
<parameter name="magnitudes" type="list:string" default="MLv,mb,mB,Mwp">
<description>
The magnitude types to be calculated. Station magnitudes are
computed from their amplitudes, network magnitudes from their
station magnitudes.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="minimumArrivalWeight" type="double" default="0.5">
<description>
The minimum weight of an arrival for an associated amplitude
to be used for calculating a magnitude.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="magnitudes">
<description>
General parameters for computing magnitudes. Others are configured
by global binding parameters for specific magnitude types.
</description>
<parameter name="average" type="list:string" default="default" values="default,mean,median,trimmedMean(25),trimmedMedian(25),medianTrimmedMean(0.5)">
<description>
The methods for computing the network magnitude
from station magnitudes. Exactly one method per
magnitude can be configured.
To define the averaging method per magnitude type append
the type after colon, e.g.:
&quot;magnitudes.average = default, MLv:median&quot;
default: Compute the mean if less than 4 contributed
station magnitudes exist. Otherwise apply trimmedMean(25),
trimmed mean with 25%.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="connection">
<parameter name="sendInterval" type="int" default="1" unit="s">
<description>
Interval between 2 sending processes. The interval controls
how often information is updated.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="summaryMagnitude">
<description>
The summary magnitude is the weighted average from all
defined network magnitude types: Single network magnitude values
are multiplied with their magnitude-type specific weight and
summed up. The resulting sum is divided by the sum of all weights.
</description>
<parameter name="enabled" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>Enables summary magnitude calculation.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="type" type="string" default="M">
<description>Define the type/name of the summary magnitude.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="minStationCount" type="int" default="1">
<description>
This is the minimum station magnitude required for any
magnitude to contribute to the summary magnitude at all. If
this is set to 4, then no magnitude with less than 4 station
magnitudes is taken into consideration even if this results
in no summary magnitude at all. For this reason, the default
here is 1 but in a purely automatic system it should be
higher, at least 4 is recommended.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="singleton" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Allow computing the summary magnitude even if only one single
network magnitude meeting the other criteria is available.
Unselecting this parameter will suppress computing summary
magnitudes if only one network magnitude is available.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="blacklist" type="list:string" default="">
<description>
Define the magnitude types to be excluded from the summary
magnitude calculation.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="whitelist" type="list:string" default="">
<description>
Define the magnitude types to be included in the summary
magnitude calculation.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="coefficients">
<description>
The coefficients defining the weight of network magnitudes
for calculating the summary magnitude.
Weight = a * magnitudeStationCount + b.
</description>
<parameter name="a" type="list:string" default="0, Mw(mB):0.4, Mw(Mwp):0.4">
<description>
Define the coefficients a. To define the value per magnitude
type append the type after colon. A value without a
type defines the default value.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="b" type="list:string" default="1, MLv:2, Mw(mB):-1, Mw(Mwp):-1">
<description>
Define the coefficients b. To define the value per magnitude
type append the type after colon. A value without a
type defines the default value.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
</configuration>
<command-line>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
<option flag="x" long-flag="expiry" argument="time">
<description>Time span in hours after which objects expire.</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Messaging">
<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#content-type</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Database">
<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#db-disable</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Input">
<option long-flag="ep" argument="file" type="string">
<description>
Defines an event parameters XML file to be read and processed. This
implies offline mode and only processes all origins contained
in that file. It computes station magnitudes for all picks associated
with an origin where amplitudes are available and the corresponding
network magnitudes. Station and network magnitudes having the
evaluation status set are ignored. Use --reprocess to include those
magnitudes. It outputs an XML text adding the station-
and network magnitudes to the input XML file.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="reprocess">
<description>
Reprocess also station and network magnitudes with an evaluation
status set but do not change original weights. New
contributions are added with weight 0.
</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Reprocess">
<option long-flag="static">
<description>
With that flag all existing station magnitudes are recomputed
based on their associated amplitudes. If an amplitude cannot
be accessed, no station magnitude is updated.
Network magnitudes are recomputed based on their station
magnitude contributions. No new objects will
be created in this mode, it only updates values and weights.
The method to accumulate the station magnitudes to form the network
magnitude will be read from the existing object and replicated.
If it cannot be interpreted, then the configured default for this
magnitude type will be used instead. Weights of station magnitudes
will be changed according to the accumulation method of the
network magnitude.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="keep-weights">
<description>
Keep the original weights in combination with --static.
</description>
</option>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,551 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="scmaster" category="Messaging">
<description>The messaging system</description>
<configuration>
<parameter name="defaultGroups" type="list:string" default="AMPLITUDE, PICK, LOCATION, MAGNITUDE, FOCMECH, EVENT, QC, PUBLICATION, GUI, INVENTORY, CONFIG, LOGGING, SERVICE_REQUEST, SERVICE_PROVIDE, STATUS_GROUP">
<description>
The default set of message groups for each queue. Only used
if a queues group list is unset (note: empty is not unset).
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="queues" type="list:string" default="production, playback">
<description>
Enable messaging queues defined as profile in queues. The profile
names are the final queue names.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="interface">
<description>
Control the messaging interface. The default protocol is
&quot;scmp&quot; but &quot;scmps&quot; (secure protocol) is
used when valid SSL certificate and key are configured.
</description>
<parameter name="bind" type="ipbind" default="0.0.0.0:18180">
<description>
Local bind address and port of the messaging system.
0.0.0.0:18180 accepts connections from all clients,
127.0.0.1:18180 only from localhost.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="acl" type="list:ipmask" default="">
<description>
The IP access control list for clients which are allowed
to connect to the interface. Separate each IP with a space
and put the entire list in double quotes, e.g.
&quot;127.0.0.1 192.168.1.2 192.168.0.0/16&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="socketPortReuse" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
SO_REUSEADDR socket option for the TCP listening socket.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="ssl">
<description>
SSL encryption is used if key and certificate are configured.
</description>
<parameter name="bind" type="ipbind" default="0.0.0.0:-1">
<description>
Additional local bind address and port of the messaging
system in case SSL encryption is active.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="acl" type="list:ipmask" default="">
<description>
The IP access control list for clients which are allowed
to connect to the interface. See interface.acl for
further details.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="socketPortReuse" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
SO_REUSEADDR socket option for the TCP listening socket.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="key" type="path" default="">
<description>
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="certificate" type="path" default="">
<description>
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="verifyPeer" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
If enabled then the certificate of a connecting client
is verified against the servers certificate. It is
required that the client certificate is signed by the
server certificate otherwise the connection is refused.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
<group name="queues">
<description>
Set the parameters for each messaging queue. The queues are used
when listed in the "queues" parameter. Several queues
can be used in parallel. For queues with without databases leave
the processor parameters empty.
</description>
<struct type="Queue" link="queues">
<parameter name="groups" type="list:string">
<description>
Define the list of message groups added to the queue.
If unset, then the defaultGroups will be used.
A queue will always add the default group &quot;STATUS_GROUP&quot;.
This parameter overrides defaultGroups.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="acl" type="list:ipmask" default="0.0.0.0/0">
<description>
The IP access control list for clients which are allowed
to join the queue. See interface.acl for further details.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maximumPayloadSize" type="int" unit="B" default="1048576">
<description>
The maximum size in bytes of a message to be accepted.
Clients which send larger messages will be disconnected.
The default is 1MB.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="plugins" type="list:string">
<description>
List of plugins required by this queue. This is just a
convenience parameter to improve configurations
readability. The plugins can also be added to the
global list of module plugins.
Example: dbstore
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="processors">
<parameter name="messages" type="string">
<description>
Interface name. For now, use &quot;dbstore&quot;to
use a database.
Use empty for testing or playbacks without a database.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="messages">
<group name="dbstore">
<description>
Define the database connection parameters.
</description>
<parameter name="driver" type="string">
<description>
Selected the database driver to use.
Database drivers are available through plugins.
The default plugin is dbmysql which supports
the MYSQL database server. It is activated
with the core.plugins parameter.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="read" type="string">
<description>
Set the database read connection which is
reported to clients that connect to this server.
If a remote setup should be implemented,
ensure that the hostname is reachable from
the remote computer.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="write" type="string">
<description>
Set the database write connection which is
private to scmaster.
A separate write connection enables different
permissions on the database level for scmaster
and clients.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="proxy" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
If enabled then the database connection as configured
in 'read' is not being returned to the client
but the URL &quot;proxy://&quot;. This URL
tells the client to open the database via the
websocket proxy at the messaging address,
e.g. http://localhost/production/db. The same
hostname and queue must be used as for the
initial messaging connection.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="strictVersionMatch" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
If enabled, the plugin will check the database
schema version and refuse to start if the
version doesn't match the latest version.
If disabled and the an object needs to be
stored, which is incompatible with the
database schema, this object is lost.
Leave this option enabled unless you know
exactly what are you doing and what the
consequences are.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
</group>
</struct>
</group>
<group name="http">
<parameter name="filebase" type="path" default="@DATADIR@/scmaster/http/">
<description>
The directory served by the http server at staticPath.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="staticPath" type="string" default="/">
<description>
The URL path at which html files and assets are available.
All files under filebase will be served at this URL path.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="brokerPath" type="string" default="/">
<description>
The URL path at which the broker websocket is available.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</configuration>
<setup>
<group name="database">
<input name="enable" type="boolean" default="true">
<text>Enable database storage.</text>
<description>
Enable/disable the database.
If the database is not enabled, the processed data is not
stored persistently.
Leave this option enabled unless you know what you are doing.
</description>
<option value="false"/>
<option value="true">
<input name="backend" type="string" default="mysql/mariadb">
<text>Database backend</text>
<description>
SeisComP supports different database backends. Select
the one you want to use. Different backends require
different additional packages to be installed on your
host system.
</description>
<option value="mysql/mariadb">
<description>MySQL/MariaDB server.</description>
<input name="create" type="boolean" default="true">
<text>Create database</text>
<description>
If you already have a database and want to
reuse it, you can skip this step.
If you want to let setup create the database
for you, check this option.
</description>
<option value="true">
<input name="rootpw" type="string" echo="password">
<text>MYSQL root password.</text>
<description>
To create the database root access to
the database is required.
Please enter the root password to
the database server you are going to
use.
The server hostname will be entered
in the next steps.
</description>
</input>
<input name="runAsSuperUser" type="boolean" default="false">
<text>Run as super user.</text>
<description>
Activate this option to run the database
setup script with super user rights.
For instance, some MariaDB installation
do not allow root access per password
and require privileged system access.
</description>
</input>
<input name="drop" type="boolean" default="false">
<text>Drop existing database.</text>
<description>
When a database with the same name
exists already, should it be destroyed
and recreated?
If you say no here, an error will be
raised if the database to be created
already exists.
</description>
</input>
<input name="characterset" type="string" default="utf8mb4">
<text>Character set</text>
<description>
Selects the database character set which defaults to
the fully compatible &quot;utf8mb4&quot;
format. As this format is not supported
by older MySQL or MariaDB versions, select
&quot;utf8&quot; as fallback.
</description>
<option value="utf8mb4"/>
<option value="utf8"/>
</input>
</option>
<option value="false"/>
</input>
<input name="db" type="string" default="seiscomp">
<text>Database name.</text>
<description>
Database name to use.
If you want to avoid conflicts with existing
databases or if you have multiple installations,
change the default name.
If you are unsure, keep the default.
</description>
</input>
<input name="rwhost" type="string" default="localhost">
<text>Database hostname.</text>
<description>
The hostname of the computer running the
database server.
In most cases it is this computer (localhost).
This hostname is private and not published
to any client connection to this computer.
</description>
</input>
<input name="rwuser" type="string" default="sysop">
<text>Database read-write user.</text>
<description>
The database username for read-write access
to the database.
This account will not be visible to clients
connecting to your system unless read-only
and read-write accounts are not separated.
</description>
</input>
<input name="rwpwd" type="string" default="sysop">
<text>Database read-write password.</text>
<description>
The database user password for read-write
access to the database.
This account will not be visible to clients
connecting to your system unless read-only
and read-write accounts are not separated.
</description>
</input>
<input name="rohost" type="string" default="localhost">
<text>Database public hostname.</text>
<description>
The hostname of the computer running the
database server.
In most cases, it is this computer (localhost).
This hostname is sent to all connected clients
who in turn will try to resolve it.
If all modules run locally, you can leave
the defaults.
</description>
</input>
<input name="rouser" type="string" default="sysop">
<text>Database read-only user.</text>
<description>
The database user that will have read-only
access to the database.
This account will be visible to all clients
connecting to your system.
</description>
</input>
<input name="ropwd" type="string" default="sysop">
<text>Database read-only password.</text>
<description>
The database user password for read-only
access to the database.
This password will be visible to all clients
connecting to your system.
</description>
</input>
</option>
<option value="postgresql">
<description>
PostgresSQL server version 9 or later.
</description>
<input name="create" type="boolean" default="true">
<text>Create database</text>
<description>
If you already have a database and want to
reuse it, you can skip this step.
If you want to let setup create the database
for you, check this option.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;
Note: By default, the PostgresSQL server do
not allow to login with username and password.
Due to this reason, the SeisComP scmaster
module can establish a connection after database
initialization. Please check the SeisComP
documentation how to change the server
configuration.
</description>
<option value="true">
<input name="drop" type="boolean" default="false">
<text>Drop existing database.</text>
<description>
When a database with the same name
exists already, should it be
destroyed and recreated?
If you say no here, an error will be
raised if the database to be created
already exists.
</description>
</input>
</option>
<option value="false"/>
</input>
<input name="db" type="string" default="seiscomp">
<text>Database name.</text>
<description>
Database name to use. If you want to avoid
conflicts with existing databases, or if you
have multiple installations, change the default
name. If you are unsure, keep the default.
</description>
</input>
<input name="rwhost" type="string" default="localhost">
<text>Database hostname.</text>
<description>
The hostname of the computer running the
database server.
In most cases it is this computer (localhost).
This hostname is private and not published to
any client connection to this computer.
</description>
</input>
<input name="rwuser" type="string" default="sysop">
<text>Database read-write user.</text>
<description>
The database username for read-write access
to the database.
This account will not be visible to clients
connecting to your system unless read-only
and read-write accounts are not separated.
</description>
</input>
<input name="rwpwd" type="string" default="sysop">
<text>Database read-write password.</text>
<description>
The database user password for read-write
access to the database.
This account will not be visible to clients
connecting to your system unless read-only
and read-write accounts are not separated.
</description>
</input>
<input name="rohost" type="string" default="localhost">
<text>Database public hostname.</text>
<description>
The hostname of the computer running the
database server.
In most cases it is this computer (localhost).
This hostname is sent to all connected clients
who in turn will try to resolve it.
If all modules run locally, you can leave the
defaults.
</description>
</input>
<input name="rouser" type="string" default="sysop">
<text>Database read-only user.</text>
<description>
The database user that will have read-only
access to the database.
This account will be visible to all clients
connecting to your system.
</description>
</input>
<input name="ropwd" type="string" default="sysop">
<text>Database read-only password.</text>
<description>
The database user password for read-only
access to the database.
This password will be visible to all clients
connecting to your system.
</description>
</input>
</option>
<option value="sqlite3">
<description>SQLite3 database.</description>
<input name="create" type="boolean" default="true">
<text>Create database</text>
<description>
If you already have a database and want to
reuse it, you can skip this step.
If you want to let setup create the database
for you, check this option.
</description>
<option value="true">
<input name="override" type="boolean" default="false">
<text>Override existing database file.</text>
<description>
When a database with the same name
exists already, should it be overriden?
If you say no here, an error will be
raised if the database to be created
already exists.
</description>
</input>
</option>
<option value="false"/>
</input>
<input name="filename" type="string" default="@ROOTDIR@/var/lib/seiscomp.db">
<text>Path to database file</text>
<description>
</description>
</input>
</option>
</input>
</option>
</input>
</group>
</setup>
<command-line>
<synopsis>
scmaster [options]
</synopsis>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#print-config-vars</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#validate-schema-params</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#dump-settings</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#print-context</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#print-component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-utc</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#trace</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Wired">
<option long-flag="bind" argument="arg">
<description>
The non-encrypted bind address. Format [ip:]port
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="sbind" argument="arg">
<description>
The encrypted bind address. Format: [ip:]port
</description>
</option>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="scmssort" category="Utilities" standalone="true">
<description>
Read and manipulate miniSEED records
</description>
<command-line>
<synopsis>
scmssort [options] input
</synopsis>
<group name="Options">
<option flag="h" long-flag="help">
<description>
Show the command-line help and exit.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="E" long-flag="sort-by-end-time">
<description>
Sort by end time.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="i" long-flag="ignore">
<description>
Ignore all records which have no data samples.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="l" long-flag="list">
<description>
File with streams to filter the records. One stream per
line. Instead of a file read the from stdin (-). Line
format: NET.STA.LOC.CHA - wildcards and regular expressions
are considered. Example: CX.*..BH? .
NSLC lists may be generated, e.g., using scinv.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="o" long-flag="output">
<description>
Name of output file for miniSEED data (default is stdout).
</description>
</option>
<option flag="r" long-flag="rm">
<description>
Remove all traces in stream list given by --list
instead of keeping them.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="t" long-flag="time-window" arg="TIME_WINDOW">
<description>
Specify time window (as one -properly quoted- string).
Times are of course UTC and separated by a tilde ~
Example:
2020-03-28T15:48~2020-03-28T16:18
</description>
</option>
<option flag="u" long-flag="uniqueness">
<description>
Ensure uniqueness of output, i.e. skip duplicate records.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="v" long-flag="verbose">
<description>
Run in verbose mode.
</description>
</option>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

200
etc/descriptions/scmv.xml Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="scmv" category="GUI">
<description>Map view</description>
<configuration>
<parameter name="displaymode" type="string">
<description>
Start scmv in one of the available display modes:
groundmotion or qualitycontrol
and without tabs and menus as walldisplay.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="groundMotionRecordLifeSpan" type="int" default="300" unit="s">
<description>
Set the maximum latency in seconds of the ground motion records
to be valid.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="removeEventDataOlderThan" type="double" default="43200" unit="s">
<description>
Set the time span in seconds to keep events.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="readEventsNotOlderThan" type="double" default="0" unit="s">
<description>
Set the time span in seconds to read events initially from
database.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="centerOrigins" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
If a new origin/event is set/selected this option defines if the
map is centered or not at the origin location.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="eventActivityLifeSpan" type="double" default="900" unit="s">
<description>
Time span of which an event is active after origin time to
show blinking associated stations.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="expiredEventsInterval" type="double" default="0" unit="s">
<description>
A positive value (greater than zero) defines the interval to check
for expired events. A negative or zero value disables the interval
check and expired events are only removed when a new event is declared
or an existing event is updated.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="annotations" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Enable/disable drawing of station annotations at startup.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="annotationsWithChannels" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Enable/disable drawing of station annotations with
location/channel codes.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="mapLegendPosition" type="string" default="topleft">
<description>
Set the location of the map symbol legend (QC, ground motion).
Use either: topleft, topright, bottomright or bottomleft.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="eventLegendPosition" type="string" default="bottomleft">
<description>
Set the location of the event symbol legend. Use either:
topleft, topright, bottomright or bottomleft.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="eventTable">
<parameter name="visible" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Whether to show the event table initially or not.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="columns" type="list:string">
<description>
The columns that are visible in the table. If nothing
is specified then all columns are visible. Valid column names are:
&quot;Event&quot;, &quot;Origin Time&quot;, &quot;Magnitude&quot;,
&quot;Magnitude Type&quot;, &quot;Region&quot;, &quot;Latitude&quot;,
&quot;Longitude&quot;, &quot;Depth&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="stations">
<parameter name="groundMotionFilter" type="string" default="&quot;RMHP(50)>>ITAPER(20)>>BW(2,0.04,2)&quot;">
<description>
The filter applied to waveforms for measuring ground motion.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="display">
<description>
Allow to define an initial rectangular region for the map.
</description>
<parameter name="latmin" type="double" default="-90" unit="deg">
<description>
Minimum latitude in degrees.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="lonmin" type="double" default="-180" unit="deg">
<description>Minimum longitude in degrees.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="latmax" type="double" default="90" unit="deg">
<description>Maximum latitude in degrees.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="lonmax" type="double" default="180" unit="deg">
<description>Maximum longitude in degrees.</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</configuration>
<command-line>
<synopsis>
scmv [options]
</synopsis>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#print-config-vars</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#validate-schema-params</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#dump-settings</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#print-context</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#print-component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-utc</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#trace</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Messaging">
<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#content-type</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Database">
<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#db-disable</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Records">
<optionReference>records#record-driver-list</optionReference>
<optionReference>records#record-url</optionReference>
<optionReference>records#record-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>records#record-type</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Cities">
<optionReference>cities#city-xml</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="User interface">
<optionReference>gui#full-screen</optionReference>
<optionReference>gui#non-interactive</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Mapview">
<option flag="" long-flag="displaymode" argument="arg">
<description>
Start scmv as walldisplay.
Modes: groundmotion, qualitycontrol
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="with-legend" argument="">
<description>
Show the map legend if started as walldisplay.
</description>
</option>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

878
etc/descriptions/scolv.xml Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,878 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="scolv" category="GUI">
<description>Origin locator view</description>
<configuration>
<parameter name="loadEventDB" type="double" unit="days" default="1">
<description>
Number of days to preload events from the database when staring scolv.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="magnitudes" type="list:string" default="MLv,mb,mB,Mwp">
<description>
List of magnitude types to be calculated when computing
magnitudes. This list can be altered interactively so it
reflects only the default unless computeMagnitudesSilently
is set to true. The configured types should include all
types which are also computed by scmag in order to allow
their processing in scolv. Otherwise scmag may add
magnitudes to origins without interaction in scolv.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="visibleMagnitudes" type="list:string" default="M,ML,MLv,mb,mB,Mwp,Mjma,Ms_20,Ms(BB)">
<description>
A list of magnitude types to be displayed in the summary widget (F8).
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="button0" type="string">
<description>
Label of the button that triggers the script defined in
&quot;scripts.script0&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="button1" type="string">
<description>
Label of the button that triggers the script defined in
&quot;scripts.script1&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="scripts">
<description>
Define scripts linked to extra buttons. A button is created
by definition of the corresponding script.
</description>
<parameter name="export" type="string">
<description>
Full path to the script which enables a publish button in the
summary panel on the left side of scolv (activated with F8).
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="script0" type="string">
<description>
Full path to the script executed when hitting the button labeled with &quot;button0&quot;.
OriginID and EventID are passed to the script as arguments.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="script1" type="string">
<description>
Full path to the script executed when hitting the button labeled with &quot;button1&quot;.
OriginID and EventID are passed to the script as arguments.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="export">
<parameter name="silentTerminate" type="string" default="false">
<description>
If the publish button is clicked while another script is
still running, a message box pops up with a warning that
a script is still running and to option to terminate it. If
this flag is true, then it will be terminated automatically
without user interaction and the warning message.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
<group name="olv">
<parameter name="defaultEventType" type="string">
<description>
Sets the default event type to be used when confirming a solution. If
not set, the event type is not changed at all unless &quot;with options&quot;
is used. The origin or its source must be associated with an event already.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="commonEventTypes" type="list:string">
<description>
A list of event types which are commonly set. This defines
a priority list which will be displayed on top of the event
type selection menu. Additionally the remaining (non-prioritized)
types are displayed with less contrast.
The order is preserved in the event editor as well as in the drop-down
list of the &quot;Commit with additional options&quot; dialog.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="defaultMagnitudeAggregation" type="string">
<description>
Sets the default magnitude aggregation method. It can be either &quot;mean&quot;,
&quot;trimmed mean&quot; or &quot;median&quot;. If not set, the default
behavior is used which computes the mean if less than 4 stations are available,
trimmed mean otherwise.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="computeMagnitudesAfterRelocate" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Automatically starts computation of magnitudes after relocating an
origin.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="computeMagnitudesSilently" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Starts magnitude computation without user interaction if everything
runs without errors. In case of errors a window pops up with
the current state of processing.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="enableMagnitudeSelection" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
If enabled, a magnitude selection pop window will open
in advance to compute magnitudes. The default selection
reflects the configuration parameter &quot;magnitudes&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="Pvel" type="double" unit="km/s" default="6.0">
<description>
The velocity applied to reduce travel times in the
&quot;MoveOut&quot; plot of the Location tab.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="drawMapLines" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Sets the drawing of lines in the map connecting the station with the event.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="drawGridLines" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Sets the drawing of grid lines in the plot.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="computeMissingTakeOffAngles" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
If a locator does not populate the take off angle in its arrivals,
the first motion plot will not show picked polarities. This option
defines whether to compute take off angles that are not present
in the arrivals or not.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="defaultAddStationsDistance" type="double" unit="deg" default="15.0">
<description>
The default value for adding unassociated stations in the picker.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="hideStationsWithoutData" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
If enabled, all traces without data and arrivals are
hidden in the picker.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="hideDisabledStations" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
If enabled, all traces of disabled stations without picks are hidden.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="defaultDepth" type="double" unit="km" default="10.0">
<description>
When creating an artificial origin this is the default depth used.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="artificialOriginAdvanced" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Adds advanced input parameters in artificial origin dialog.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="systemTray" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Adds an icon to the system tray and displays a message
when a new event was received.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="map">
<group name="stations">
<parameter name="unassociatedMaxDist" type="double" unit="deg" default="360.0">
<description>
Maximum distance in degrees up to which also unassociated stations are
shown in the map. 360.0 deg which will
show all unassociated stations.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="event">
<parameter name="defaultRadius" type="double" unit="deg" default="-1.0">
<description>
Default map radius in degrees if a new event is selected.
A negative value restores the default behavior.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
<group name="arrivalTable">
<parameter name="visibleColumns" type="list:string">
<description>
Defines the visible columns in the arrival table. Valid tokens are:
Used, Status, Phase, Weight, Method, Polarity, Takeoff,
Net, Sta, Loc/Cha, Timeres, Dis, Az, Time, +/-,
Slo, Slores, Baz, Bazres, Created, Latency
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="arrivalPlot">
<parameter name="showUncertainties" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Whether the arrival plot should show uncertainties
or not by default. That flag can be toggled with 'e'
or via the context menu during runtime.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="locator">
<parameter name="interface" type="string" default="LOCSAT">
<description>
The default locator interface to use.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="defaultProfile" type="string">
<description>
The default locator profile to use.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="minimumDepth" type="double" unit="km">
<description>
Minimum depth which is set if the locator used supports fixing
the depth. If the depth is lower than this value, the depth is
fixed to this configured value and the origin is relocated again.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="presetFromOrigin" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Whether to preset the locator settings when an origin
is being loaded. It tries to figure the locator type
from Origin.methodID and the profile from Origin.earthModelID.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="commit">
<parameter name="forceEventAssociation" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Activates the button &quot;Force association with event&quot; when
committing with additional options. This is just the default
setting and can be changed manually when the dialog pops up.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="fixOrigin" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Activates the button &quot;Fix this origin as preferred solution&quot; when
committing with additional options. This is just the default
setting and can be changed manually when the dialog pops up.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="returnToEventList" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Whether to return to the event list after committing with
additional options or not.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="eventCommentOptions" type="list:string">
<description>
Turns the event comment input field into a drop down box
allowing the user to select from a list a predefined comment
values which may be changed if required.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<parameter name="originComments" type="list:string">
<description>
A list of origin comment profiles. These profiles will be
used to populate origin comments when committing an origin.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="originComments">
<description>
The container for all origin comment profiles.
</description>
<struct name="OriginCommentProfile" link="olv.originComments">
<parameter name="id" type="string">
<description>
The id of the comment to be added, updated or removed.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="label" type="string">
<description>
The label shown in the commit dialog.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="options" type="list:string">
<description>
A list of options to select from. Actually the values
to populate the dropdown list with.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="allowFreeText" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
If free text is allowed in addition to the predefined
values.
</description>
</parameter>
</struct>
</group>
<group name="customCommits">
<description>
Configure custom commit buttons which
behave like shortcuts to &quot;Commit with additional options&quot;.
Pressing a custom button does not open a popup window. Instead
it reads the configured profile and applies the options to the event
and origin. Each commit button can be coloured and labeled.
</description>
<struct name="CommitButton">
<parameter name="enable" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Enable this commit button.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="askForConfirmation" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Ask for confirmation by presenting the &quot;commit with options&quot;
dialog with the options pre-populated from this configuration.
Cancelling the dialog aborts the commit procedure.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="forceEventAssociation" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Associate a new origin to the currently active event or not.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="fixOrigin" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Fix the origin as preferred
solution in the event it is associated to.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="eventType" type="string" default="">
<description>
The event type to be set of the event associated with
the committed origin. If unset, the type remains unchanged.
Use quotes for event types with spaces, e.g.
&quot;not existing&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="eventTypeCertainty" type="string" default="">
<description>
The event type certainty to be set of the event
associated with the committed origin. If unset,
the type certainty remains unchanged.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="originStatus" type="string" default="">
<description>
The status to be set of the origin being
committed. If unset, the status remains unchanged.
If empty, the origin status will be set to none.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="magnitudeType" type="string" default="">
<description>
Sets the preferred magnitude type of the event. If
unset, no changes will be requested. If empty,
the currently fixed preferred magnitude type will
be reset.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="eventName" type="string" default="">
<description>
Optional event name which will be set. This option
exists for completeness and does not make much
sense to be applied on any event. Use quotes for event
names with spaces, e.g. &quot;Quarry XYZ&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="eventComment" type="string" default="">
<description>
Optional event comment which will be set. Use quotes for event
comments with spaces, e.g. &quot;Blast on Monday morning&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="returnToEventList" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Return to the event list after committing or not.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="label" type="string" default="Commit+">
<description>
The commit button label. Use quotes for labels with
spaces, e.g. &quot;Earthquake reported&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="color" type="color" default="">
<description>
Optional primary color for the bulk commit button.
Use hexadecimal values.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="colorText" type="color" default="">
<description>
Optional text color for the bulk commit button.
Use hexadecimal values.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="tooltip" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Add a summary of the actions to the button's tooltip.
</description>
</parameter>
</struct>
</group>
<parameter name="magnitudeComments" type="list:string">
<description>
A list of magnitude comment profiles. These profiles will be
used to populate magnitude comments when committing a magnitude.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="magnitudeComments">
<description>
The container for all magnitude comment profiles.
</description>
<struct name="MagnitudeCommentProfile" link="olv.magnitudeComments">
<parameter name="id" type="string">
<description>
The id of the comment to be added, updated or removed.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="label" type="string">
<description>
The label shown in the magnitude view.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="options" type="list:string">
<description>
A list of options to select from. Actually the values
to populate the dropdown list with.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="allowFreeText" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
If free text is allowed in addition to the predefined
values.
</description>
</parameter>
</struct>
</group>
</group>
<group name="picker">
<description>Parameters controlling the phase picker window.</description>
<parameter name="showCrossHairCursor" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Activate a cross hair cursor showing the configured uncertainties
when in picking mode.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="loadAllPicks" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Load all existing picks for the requested data time window.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="ignoreUnconfiguredStations" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
If enabled, the picker will not add stations that are not
configured with a detecStream in global bindings.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="limitStationAcquisition" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Limit the data acquisition to the number of nearest
stations given by &quot;picker.limitStationAcquisitionCount&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="limitStationAcquisitionCount" type="int" default="10">
<description>
Limit the data acquisituion to the given number of
the nearest stations. Requires to activate
&quot;picker.limitStationAcquisition&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="loadStrongMotion" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
If enabled, acceleration data is loaded for co-located
stations where picked on velocity data.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="loadAllComponents" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Load all three components by default. If disabled, additional
components are fetched upon request.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="showAllComponents" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
If enabled, all three components are shown in the picker
zoom trace. The distance is limited to what is configured
in &quot;picker.allComponentsMaximumDistance&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="allComponentsMaximumDistance" type="double" unit="deg" default="10">
<description>
The distance limit for the &quot;picker.showAllComponents&quot; flag.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="usePerStreamTimeWindows" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
If enabled, data is requested around the P pick for each stations.
Otherwise origin time is used and the time window for all stations
is the same.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="removeAutomaticPicksFromStationAfterManualReview" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
After picking and pushing the solution back to scolv all automatic arrivals
are removed from a station if a manual pick exists.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="removeAllAutomaticPicksAfterManualReview" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
After picking and pushing the solution back to scolv all automatic arrivals
are removed from all stations regardless if a manual pick exists or not.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="preOffset" type="int" unit="s" default="60">
<description>
The data time span added to the left of either origin time or
first arrival depending on the usePerStreamTimeWindows flag.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="postOffset" type="int" unit="s" default="120">
<description>
The data time span added to the right of the requested time window.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="minimumTimeWindow" type="int" unit="s" default="1800">
<description>
Minimum data time window length.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="alignmentPosition" type="double" unit="s" default="0.5">
<description>
Defines the relative position of the alignment when traces are
aligned at a phase. This value is bound
to interval [0:1] where 0 is the left side and 1 is right
side of the trace window.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="repickerStart" type="double" unit="s">
<description>
Start of the re-picker time window relative the cursor position on the trace.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="repickerEnd" type="double" unit="s">
<description>
End of the re-picker time window relative the cursor position on the trace.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="filters" type="list:string">
<description>
List of filters available in the picker. Format:
"name1;filter-definition1", "name2;filter-definition2"
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="velocityChannelCodes" type="list:string">
<description>
A list of channel codes to be used when searching for
velocity channels. Usually this information is part of the
meta data. In case it is not, this list is used.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="accelerationChannelCodes" type="list:string">
<description>
A list of channel codes to be used when searching for
acceleration channels. Usually this information is part of the
meta data. In case it is not, this list is used.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="showPhases" type="list:string" default="P,Pn,Pg,pP,sP,S,Sg">
<description>
Phases for which theoretical arrival times are shown.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="phases" type="list:string" default="">
<description>
A list of phases that is available for picking in the Picking menu.
The phases are not accessible through hot keys as for
&quot;picker.phases.favourites&quot;.
The phases are considered if the more complex phase group definition
&quot;picker.phases.groups&quot; is not provided.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="uncertainties" type="list:string" unit="s">
<description>
List of pre-defined pick uncertainties.
The format of each list item is either a double value or a pair of
double values for asymmetric uncertainties, e.g.
&quot;val1&quot;,&quot;(val2,val3)&quot;.
This parameter is only used if &quot;picker.uncertainties.preferred&quot;
is undefined.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="componentFollowsMouse" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
If enabled then the currently selected component for all traces
will be activated according to the mouse position in the
zoom trace (old behaviour). If disabled (default) then only
the component of the zoom trace will change but the overall
component will stay the same. It must be changed explicitely.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="auxiliary">
<description>
Define the notion and behaviour of auxiliary channels.
They are identified through configurable patterns and if
identified as such they will be treated differently in
defined situations.
</description>
<parameter name="channels" type="list:string">
<description>
A list of wildcard patterns to identify auxiliary
channels. A pattern is simply checked against a stream
ID, the concatenation of NSLC separated by a period.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="minimumDistance" type="double" unit="deg" default="0">
<description>
The minimum distance in degrees from origin to load an
unassociated auxiliary channel. Loading a
channel / station explicitely (F3) will not respect
this setting.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maximumDistance" type="double" unit="deg" default="1000">
<description>
The maximum distance in degrees from origin to load an
unassociated auxiliary channel. Loading a
channel / station explicitely (F3) will not respect
this setting.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="phases">
<description>
Phases defined for picking. The phase phases can be selected
from the Picking menu of the picker window.
Make sure, the locator can handle all defined phases.
</description>
<parameter name="favourites" type="list:string" default = "P,Pn,Pg,pP,S,Sg,sP">
<description>
Phase types available for rapid picking by hot keys and
in the Picking menu. Separate the types by comma.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="groups" type="list:string">
<description>
List of defined phase type profiles to be considered.
Separate profiles by comma.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="groups">
<description>
Definiton of phase type profiles. The profiles and phase types
can be selected from the Picking menu of the picker window
but not with hot keys.
</description>
<struct type="Phase type profile" link="picker.phases.groups">
<parameter type="list:string">
<description>
List of phase types. Separate types by comma.
</description>
</parameter>
</struct>
</group>
</group>
<group name="uncertainties">
<description>Define uncertainty profiles. Once defined,
they can be selected in the scolv picker settings [F3].
The profiles override uncertainties defined in &quot;uncertainties&quot;.
</description>
<parameter name="preferred" type="list:string">
<description>
Pick uncertainty profiles to be loaded. The first profile
will be used by default.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="profile">
<struct type="Uncertainty profile" link="picker.uncertainties.preferred">
<parameter type="list:string" unit="s">
<description>
List of pre-defined pick uncertainties.
The format of each list item is either a double value or a pair of
double values for asymmetric uncertainties, e.g.
&quot;val1&quot;,&quot;(val2,val3)&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
</struct>
</group>
</group>
<group name="integration">
<description>
Settings related to waveform integration which may be
required if the desired waveform unit is changed and the
sensor data must be integrated once or multiple times.
</description>
<parameter name="preFilter" type="string">
<description>
An optional pre-filter which is applied prior to the
numerical integration to stabilize the result. This
filter is applied for each integration step or just
once depending on the parameter &quot;applyOnce&quot;.
Multiple integrations are necessary if acceleration
data should be converted to displacement.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="applyOnce" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Whether to apply the pre-filter only prior the first
integration step or prior to each step.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
<group name="amplitudePicker">
<description>Parameters controlling the amplitude picker window for computing station magnitudes.</description>
<parameter name="preOffset" type="int" unit="s" default="300">
<description>
Time span in seconds to be added to the left of the used
amplitude time window.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="postOffset" type="int" unit="s" default="300">
<description>
Time span in seconds to be added to the right of the used
amplitude time window.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="filters" type="list:string">
<description>
A list of filters used for the amplitude picker. Format:
"name1;filter-definition1", "name2;filter-definition2"
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="display">
<description>
Display custom information in the Location tab.
</description>
<group name="origin">
<description>
Origin information to show. Event comments can be
processed by addons or shown in the event list as
configured by global parameters.
</description>
<parameter name="addons" type="list:string">
<description>
Name(s) of quality addon profile(s) to be considered.
The profiles provide values through a script which are
shown in the location tab. The scolv documentation
provides an example script.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="comment">
<description>
Origin comment value to be shown based on its comment ID.
</description>
<parameter name="id" type="string">
<description>
ID of the origin comment to be considered.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="default" type="string">
<description>
Value to be shown in case no valid origin comment is found.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="label" type="string">
<description>
Label of the value to be shown.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="addon">
<struct type="Quality addon profile" link="display.origin.addons">
<parameter name="label" type="string">
<description>
Defines the label text of the information panel in the
Location tab of the parameter evaluated by this addon.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="script" type="string">
<description>
Path to script to execute.
</description>
</parameter>
</struct>
</group>
</group>
</group>
</configuration>
<command-line>
<synopsis>
scolv [options]
</synopsis>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Messaging">
<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#content-type</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Database">
<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
<option flag="" long-flag="db-disable" argument="" publicID="database#db-disable">
<description>Do not use the database at all</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Records">
<optionReference>records#record-driver-list</optionReference>
<optionReference>records#record-url</optionReference>
<optionReference>records#record-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>records#record-type</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Cities">
<optionReference>cities#city-xml</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="User interface">
<optionReference>gui#full-screen</optionReference>
<optionReference>gui#non-interactive</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Options">
<option flag="O" long-flag="origin" argument="arg">
<description>Preload origin with given origin ID</description>
</option>
<option flag="E" long-flag="event" argument="arg">
<description>Preload event with given event ID</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="offline" argument="">
<description>Switch to offline mode</description>
</option>
<option flag="i" long-flag="input-file" argument="xml">
<description>Load events in given XML file during startup and switch to offline mode</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="load-event-db" argument="arg">
<description>Number of days to load from database</description>
</option>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="scorgls" category="Utilities">
<description>List origin IDs from database.</description>
<command-line>
<synopsis>
scorgls [options]
</synopsis>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Database">
<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#db-disable</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Input">
<option flag="i" long-flag="input" argument="arg">
<description>
Name of input XML file. Read from stdin if '-' is given.
Deactivates reading origins from database.
</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Origins">
<option long-flag="begin" argument="time">
<description>
The lower bound of the time interval. Format:
012-01-01T00:00:00.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="end" argument="time">
<description>
The upper bound of the time interval. Format:
2012-01-01T00:00:00.
</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Output">
<option long-flag="delimiter" flag="D" argument="string">
<description>
The delimiter of the resulting origin IDs.
</description>
</option>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

842
etc/descriptions/scqc.xml Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,842 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="scqc" category="Processing">
<description>Derives quality control (QC) parameters from waveforms.</description>
<configuration>
<parameter name="CreatorId" type="string" default="smi://de.gfz-potsdam/QcTool_0.3.1">
<description>ID of QC message creator</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="useConfiguredStreams" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Limit QC determination to processed data streams which are
defined in global bindings with detecLocid and detecStream.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="use3Components" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
If useConfiguredStreams is true, this parameter decides whether
to use only the vertical component (default) or all three
components. The 3 components are collected from the inventory
according to channel orientation. If that is not possible,
the fixed components N and E will be used.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="streamMask" type="string">
<description>
If useConfiguredStreams is false, then
load (from inventory) only those streams, matching the streamMask
RegEx e.g. &quot;^(NET1|NET2)\.(STA1|STA2|STA3)\.(LOC)\.((BH)|(LH)|(HH))Z$&quot;
RegEx e.g. &quot;^(.+)\.(.+)\.(.*)\.(.+)Z$&quot;
streamMask = &quot;^(.+)\.(.+)\.(.*)\.(BHZ)$&quot;
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="dbLookBack" type="int" default="7" unit="days">
<description>
Database look up for past entries not older than x days
(to determine the last QC parameter calculated).
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="plugins">
<description>Control parameters for individual QC plugins.</description>
<group name="default">
<description>
Default configuration parameters for the plugins.
Can be overwritten by the individual plugin configurations.
</description>
<parameter name="realTimeOnly" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Enable to use this plugin only for realtime processing.
Default [disable]: plugin is able to process archived data AND realtime data streams.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="filter" type="string" default="" unit="">
<description>
Filter string used to filter waveforms before
processing. Currently only used by QcRms.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="buffer" type="int" default="4000" unit="s">
<description>
Qc-Buffer Length [s] (aka LTA-Buffer). Must be >= plugins.*.bufferLength.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="report">
<description>Control interactions with the messaging system.</description>
<parameter name="interval" type="int" default="60" unit="s">
<description>
Interval for sending report messages which e.g.
will be may be displayed by scqcv.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="buffer" type="int" default="600" unit="s">
<description>Time window for calculating QC reports.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="timeout" type="int" default="0" unit="s">
<description>
Report messages are generated in case no data
is received since timeout. Only in real-time processing.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="archive">
<description>
Control sending QC reports as notifier to the messaging where
scmaster will write them to the database.
</description>
<parameter name="interval" type="int" default="-1" unit="s">
<description>
Interval to send the QC reports.
Default [-1]: Do not send any QC report. This will prevent writing
QC reports into the database.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="buffer" type="int" default="3600" unit="s">
<description>Time window for calculating QC reports.</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="alert">
<description>Control for sending alerts based on QC reports.</description>
<parameter name="interval" type="int" default="-1" unit="s">
<description>
Interval for checking and sending alert thresholds.
-1 disables threshold checking.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="buffer" type="int" default="1800" unit="s">
<description>Time window for calculating QC reports.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="thresholds" type="int" default="150">
<description>List of thresholds for sending QC reports. Use comma to separate values.</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
<group name="QcLatency">
<description>
Configuration parameters for the plugin qcplugin_latency. Overwrites the parameters from the default section.
</description>
<parameter name="realTimeOnly" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Enable to use this plugin only for realtime processing.
Default [disable]: plugin is able to process archived data AND realtime data streams.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="buffer" type="int" default="4000" unit="s">
<description>
Qc-Buffer Length [s] (aka LTA-Buffer). Must be >= plugins.*.bufferLength.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="report">
<description>Control interactions with the messaging system.</description>
<parameter name="interval" type="int" default="60" unit="s">
<description>
Interval for sending report messages which, e.g.,
can be displayed by scqcv.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="buffer" type="int" default="600" unit="s">
<description>Time window for calculating QC reports.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="timeout" type="int" default="0" unit="s">
<description>
Report messages are generated in case no data
is received since timeout. Only in real-time processing.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="archive">
<description>Control sending QC reports as notifier to the messaging where
scmaster will write them to the database.
</description>
<parameter name="interval" type="int" default="-1" unit="s">
<description>
Interval to send the QC reports.
Default [-1]: Do not send any QC report. This will prevent writing
QC reports into the database.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="buffer" type="int" default="3600" unit="s">
<description>Time window for calculating QC reports.</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="alert">
<description>Control for sending alerts based on QC reports.</description>
<parameter name="interval" type="int" default="-1" unit="s">
<description>
Interval for checking and sending alert thresholds.
-1 disables threshold checking.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="buffer" type="int" default="1800" unit="s">
<description>Time window for calculating QC reports.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="thresholds" type="int" default="150">
<description>List of thresholds for sending QC reports. Use comma to separate values.</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
<group name="QcDelay">
<description>
Configuration parameters for the plugin qcplugin_delay. Overwrites the parameters from the default section.
</description>
<parameter name="realTimeOnly" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Enable to use this plugin only for realtime processing.
Default [disable]: plugin is able to processd data AND realtime data streams.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="buffer" type="int" default="4000" unit="s">
<description>
Qc-Buffer Length [s] (aka LTA-Buffer). Must be >= plugins.*.bufferLength.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="report">
<description>Control interactions with the messaging system.</description>
<parameter name="interval" type="int" default="60" unit="s">
<description>
Interval for sending report messages which e.g.
will be may be displayed by scqcv.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="buffer" type="int" default="600" unit="s">
<description>Time window for calculating QC reports.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="timeout" type="int" default="0" unit="s">
<description>
Report messages are generated in case no data
is received since timeout. Only in real-time processing.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="archive">
<description>Control sending QC reports as notifier to the messaging where
scmaster will write them to the database.
</description>
<parameter name="interval" type="int" default="-1" unit="s">
<description>
Interval to send the QC reports.
Default [-1]: Do not send any QC report. This will prevent writing
QC reports into the database.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="buffer" type="int" default="3600" unit="s">
<description>Time window for calculating QC reports.</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="alert">
<description>Control for sending alerts based on QC reports.</description>
<parameter name="interval" type="int" default="-1" unit="s">
<description>
Interval for checking and sending alert thresholds.
-1 disables threshold checking.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="buffer" type="int" default="1800" unit="s">
<description>Time window for calculating QC reports.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="thresholds" type="int" default="150">
<description>List of thresholds for sending QC reports. Use comma to separate values.</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
<group name="QcGap">
<description>
Configuration parameters for the plugin qcplugin_gap. Overwrites the parameters from the default section.
</description>
<parameter name="realTimeOnly" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Enable to use this plugin only for realtime processing.
Default [disable]: plugin is able to process archived data AND realtime data streams.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="buffer" type="int" default="4000" unit="s">
<description>
Qc-Buffer Length [s] (aka LTA-Buffer). Must be >= plugins.*.bufferLength.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="report">
<description>Control interactions with the messaging system.</description>
<parameter name="interval" type="int" default="60" unit="s">
<description>
Interval for sending report messages which e.g.
will be may be displayed by scqcv.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="buffer" type="int" default="600" unit="s">
<description>Time window for calculating QC reports.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="timeout" type="int" default="0" unit="s">
<description>
Report messages are generated in case no data
is received since timeout. Only in real-time processing.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="archive">
<description>Control sending QC reports as notifier to the messaging where
scmaster will write them to the database.
</description>
<parameter name="interval" type="int" default="-1" unit="s">
<description>
Interval to send the QC reports.
Default [-1]: Do not send any QC report. This will prevent writing
QC reports into the database.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="buffer" type="int" default="3600" unit="s">
<description>Time window for calculating QC reports.</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="alert">
<description>Control for sending alerts based on QC reports.</description>
<parameter name="interval" type="int" default="-1" unit="s">
<description>
Interval for checking and sending alert thresholds.
-1 disables threshold checking.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="buffer" type="int" default="1800" unit="s">
<description>Time window for calculating QC reports.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="thresholds" type="int" default="150">
<description>List of thresholds for sending QC reports. Use comma to separate values.</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
<group name="QcOffset">
<description>
Configuration parameters for the plugin qcplugin_offset. Overwrites the parameters from the default section.
</description>
<parameter name="realTimeOnly" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Enable to use this plugin only for realtime processing.
Default [disable]: plugin is able to process archived data AND realtime data streams.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="buffer" type="int" default="4000" unit="s">
<description>
Qc-Buffer Length [s] (aka LTA-Buffer). Must be >= plugins.*.bufferLength.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="report">
<description>Control interactions with the messaging system.</description>
<parameter name="interval" type="int" default="60" unit="s">
<description>
Interval for sending report messages which e.g.
will be may be displayed by scqcv.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="buffer" type="int" default="600" unit="s">
<description>Time window for calculating QC reports.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="timeout" type="int" default="0" unit="s">
<description>
Report messages are generated in case no data
is received since timeout. Only in real-time processing.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="archive">
<description>Control sending QC reports as notifier to the messaging where
scmaster will write them to the database.
</description>
<parameter name="interval" type="int" default="-1" unit="s">
<description>
Interval to send the QC reports.
Default [-1]: Do not send any QC report. This will prevent writing
QC reports into the database.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="buffer" type="int" default="3600" unit="s">
<description>Time window for calculating QC reports.</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="alert">
<description>Control for sending alerts based on QC reports.</description>
<parameter name="interval" type="int" default="-1" unit="s">
<description>
Interval for checking and sending alert thresholds.
-1 disables threshold checking.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="buffer" type="int" default="1800" unit="s">
<description>Time window for calculating QC reports.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="thresholds" type="int" default="150">
<description>List of thresholds for sending QC reports. Use comma to separate values.</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
<group name="QcOverlap">
<description>
Configuration parameters for the plugin qcplugin_overlap. Overwrites the parameters from the default section.
</description>
<parameter name="realTimeOnly" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Enable to use this plugin only for realtime processing.
Default [disable]: plugin is able to process archived data AND realtime data streams.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="buffer" type="int" default="4000" unit="s">
<description>
Qc-Buffer Length [s] (aka LTA-Buffer). Must be >= plugins.*.bufferLength.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="report">
<description>Control interactions with the messaging system.</description>
<parameter name="interval" type="int" default="60" unit="s">
<description>
Interval for sending report messages which e.g.
will be may be displayed by scqcv.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="buffer" type="int" default="600" unit="s">
<description>Time window for calculating QC reports.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="timeout" type="int" default="0" unit="s">
<description>
Report messages are generated in case no data
is received since timeout. Only in real-time processing.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="archive">
<description>Control sending QC reports as notifier to the messaging where
scmaster will write them to the database.
</description>
<parameter name="interval" type="int" default="-1" unit="s">
<description>
Interval to send the QC reports.
Default [-1]: Do not send any QC report. This will prevent writing
QC reports into the database.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="buffer" type="int" default="3600" unit="s">
<description>Time window for calculating QC reports.</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="alert">
<description>Control for sending alerts based on QC reports.</description>
<parameter name="interval" type="int" default="-1" unit="s">
<description>
Interval for checking and sending alert thresholds.
-1 disables threshold checking.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="buffer" type="int" default="1800" unit="s">
<description>Time window for calculating QC reports.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="thresholds" type="int" default="150">
<description>List of thresholds for sending QC reports. Use comma to separate values.</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
<group name="QcRms">
<description>
Configuration parameters for the plugin qcplugin_rms. Overwrites the parameters from the default section.
</description>
<parameter name="realTimeOnly" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Enable to use this plugin only for realtime processing.
Default [disable]: plugin is able to process archived data AND realtime data streams.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="filter" type="string" default="" unit="">
<description>
Filter string used to filter waveforms before processing.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="buffer" type="int" default="4000" unit="s">
<description>
Qc-Buffer Length [s] (aka LTA-Buffer). Must be >= plugins.*.bufferLength.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="report">
<description>Control interactions with the messaging system.</description>
<parameter name="interval" type="int" default="60" unit="s">
<description>
Interval for sending report messages which e.g.
will be may be displayed by scqcv.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="buffer" type="int" default="600" unit="s">
<description>Time window for calculating QC reports.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="timeout" type="int" default="0" unit="s">
<description>
Report messages are generated in case no data
is received since timeout. Only in real-time processing.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="archive">
<description>Control sending QC reports as notifier to the messaging where
scmaster will write them to the database.
</description>
<parameter name="interval" type="int" default="-1" unit="s">
<description>
Interval to send the QC reports.
Default [-1]: Do not send any QC report. This will prevent writing
QC reports into the database.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="buffer" type="int" default="3600" unit="s">
<description>Time window for calculating QC reports.</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="alert">
<description>Control for sending alerts based on QC reports.</description>
<parameter name="interval" type="int" default="-1" unit="s">
<description>
Interval for checking and sending alert thresholds.
-1 disables threshold checking.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="buffer" type="int" default="1800" unit="s">
<description>Time window for calculating QC reports.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="thresholds" type="int" default="150">
<description>List of thresholds for sending QC reports. Use comma to separate values.</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
<group name="QcSpike">
<description>
Configuration parameters for the plugin qcplugin_spike. Overwrites the parameters from the default section.
</description>
<parameter name="realTimeOnly" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Enable to use this plugin only for realtime processing.
Default [disable]: plugin is able to process archived data AND realtime data streams.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="buffer" type="int" default="4000" unit="s">
<description>
Qc-Buffer Length [s] (aka LTA-Buffer). Must be >= plugins.*.bufferLength.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="report">
<description>Control interactions with the messaging system.</description>
<parameter name="interval" type="int" default="60" unit="s">
<description>
Interval for sending report messages which e.g.
will be may be displayed by scqcv.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="buffer" type="int" default="600" unit="s">
<description>Time window for calculating QC reports.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="timeout" type="int" default="0" unit="s">
<description>
Report messages are generated in case no data
is received since timeout. Only in real-time processing.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="archive">
<description>Control sending QC reports as notifier to the messaging where
scmaster will write them to the database.
</description>
<parameter name="interval" type="int" default="-1" unit="s">
<description>
Interval to send the QC reports.
Default [-1]: Do not send any QC report. This will prevent writing
QC reports into the database.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="buffer" type="int" default="3600" unit="s">
<description>Time window for calculating QC reports.</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="alert">
<description>Control for sending alerts based on QC reports.</description>
<parameter name="interval" type="int" default="-1" unit="s">
<description>
Interval for checking and sending alert thresholds.
-1 disables threshold checking.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="buffer" type="int" default="1800" unit="s">
<description>Time window for calculating QC reports.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="thresholds" type="int" default="150">
<description>List of thresholds for sending QC reports. Use comma to separate values.</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
<group name="QcTiming">
<description>
Configuration parameters for the plugin qcplugin_timing. Overwrites the parameters from the default section.
</description>
<parameter name="realTimeOnly" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Enable to use this plugin only for realtime processing.
Default [disable]: plugin is able to process archived data AND realtime data streams.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="buffer" type="int" default="4000" unit="s">
<description>
Qc-Buffer Length [s] (aka LTA-Buffer). Must be >= plugins.*.bufferLength.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="report">
<description>Control interactions with the messaging system.</description>
<parameter name="interval" type="int" default="60" unit="s">
<description>
Interval for sending report messages which e.g.
will be may be displayed by scqcv.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="buffer" type="int" default="600" unit="s">
<description>Time window for calculating QC reports.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="timeout" type="int" default="0" unit="s">
<description>
Report messages are generated in case no data
is received since timeout. Only in real-time processing.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="archive">
<description>Control sending QC reports as notifier to the messaging where
scmaster will write them to the database.
</description>
<parameter name="interval" type="int" default="-1" unit="s">
<description>
Interval to send the QC reports.
Default [-1]: Do not send any QC report. This will prevent writing
QC reports into the database.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="buffer" type="int" default="3600" unit="s">
<description>Time window for calculating QC reports.</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="alert">
<description>Control for sending alerts based on QC reports.</description>
<parameter name="interval" type="int" default="-1" unit="s">
<description>
Interval for checking and sending alert thresholds.
-1 disables threshold checking.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="buffer" type="int" default="1800" unit="s">
<description>Time window for calculating QC reports.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="thresholds" type="int" default="150">
<description>List of thresholds for sending QC reports. Use comma to separate values.</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
<group name="QcAvailability">
<description>
Configuration parameters for the plugin qcplugin_availability. Overwrites the parameters from the default section.
</description>
<parameter name="realTimeOnly" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Enable to use this plugin only for realtime processing.
Default [disable]: plugin is able to process archived data AND realtime data streams.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="buffer" type="int" default="4000" unit="s">
<description>
Qc-Buffer Length [s] (aka LTA-Buffer). Must be >= plugins.*.bufferLength.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="report">
<description>Control interactions with the messaging system.</description>
<parameter name="interval" type="int" default="60" unit="s">
<description>
Interval for sending report messages which e.g.
will be may be displayed by scqcv.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="buffer" type="int" default="600" unit="s">
<description>Time window for calculating QC reports.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="timeout" type="int" default="0" unit="s">
<description>
Report messages are generated in case no data
is received since timeout. Only in real-time processing.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="archive">
<description>Control sending QC reports as notifier to the messaging where
scmaster will write them to the database.
</description>
<parameter name="interval" type="int" default="-1" unit="s">
<description>
Interval to send the QC reports.
Default [-1]: Do not send any QC report. This will prevent writing
QC reports into the database.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="buffer" type="int" default="3600" unit="s">
<description>Time window for calculating QC reports.</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="alert">
<description>Control for sending alerts based on QC reports.</description>
<parameter name="interval" type="int" default="-1" unit="s">
<description>
Interval for checking and sending alert thresholds.
-1 disables threshold checking.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="buffer" type="int" default="1800" unit="s">
<description>Time window for calculating QC reports.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="thresholds" type="int" default="150">
<description>List of thresholds for sending QC reports. Use comma to separate values.</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
<group name="QcOutage">
<description>
Configuration parameters for the plugin qcplugin_outage. Overwrites the parameters from the default section.
</description>
<parameter name="realTimeOnly" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Enable to use this plugin only for realtime processing.
Default [disable]: plugin is able to process archived data AND realtime data streams.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="buffer" type="int" default="4000" unit="s">
<description>
Qc-Buffer Length [s] (aka LTA-Buffer). Must be >= plugins.*.bufferLength.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="notifyDB" type="int" default="1800" unit="s">
<description>
If there is a gap of more than notifyDB [s], write an OUTAGE entry into the database.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="report">
<description>Control interactions with the messaging system.</description>
<parameter name="interval" type="int" default="60" unit="s">
<description>
Interval for sending report messages which e.g.
will be may be displayed by scqcv.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="buffer" type="int" default="600" unit="s">
<description>Time window for calculating QC reports.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="timeout" type="int" default="0" unit="s">
<description>
Report messages are generated in case no data
is received since timeout. Only in real-time processing.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="archive">
<description>Control sending QC reports as notifier to the messaging where
scmaster will write them to the database.
</description>
<parameter name="interval" type="int" default="-1" unit="s">
<description>
Interval to send the QC reports.
Default [-1]: Do not send any QC report. This will prevent writing
QC reports into the database.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="buffer" type="int" default="3600" unit="s">
<description>Time window for calculating QC reports.</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="alert">
<description>Control for sending alerts based on QC reports.</description>
<parameter name="interval" type="int" default="-1" unit="s">
<description>
Interval for checking and sending alert thresholds.
-1 disables threshold checking.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="buffer" type="int" default="1800" unit="s">
<description>Time window for calculating QC reports.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="thresholds" type="int" default="150">
<description>List of thresholds for sending QC reports. Use comma to separate values.</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
</group>
</configuration>
<command-line>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Messaging">
<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#content-type</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Database">
<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
<option flag="" long-flag="db-disable" argument="" publicID="database#db-disable">
<description>Do not use the database at all</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Records">
<optionReference>records#record-driver-list</optionReference>
<optionReference>records#record-url</optionReference>
<optionReference>records#record-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>records#record-type</optionReference>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

1758
etc/descriptions/scqcv.xml Normal file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="scquery" category="Utilities">
<description>
Read database objects and writes them to the command line.
</description>
<configuration>
</configuration>
<command-line>
<synopsis>
scquery [OPTIONS] [query name] [query parameters]
</synopsis>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Database">
<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Commands">
<option flag="" long-flag="showqueries">
<description>
Show the queries defined in queries.cfg.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="delimiter" argument="arg">
<description>
Column delimiter. If found, this character will be escaped
in output values. Default: '|'.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="print-column-name">
<description>
Print the name of each output column in a header.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="print-header">
<description>
Print the query parameters and the query filter description
as a header of the query output.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="print-query-only">
<description>
Only print the full query to stdout and then quit.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="Q" long-flag="query" argument="arg">
<description>
Execute the given query instead of applying queries
pre-defined by configuration.
</description>
</option>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="scqueryqc" category="Utilities">
<description>
Query waveform quality control (QC) parameters from database.
</description>
<command-line>
<synopsis>
scqueryqc [options]
</synopsis>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Database">
<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Output">
<option flag="o" long-flag="output" argument="filename">
<description>
Name of output XML file. Objects are sent to stderr if none
is given.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="f" long-flag="formatted">
<description>
Write formatted XML.
</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Query">
<option flag="b" long-flag="begin" argument="time">
<description>
Begin time of query. Format: 'YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm:ss'.
'1900-01-01T00:00:00Z' is considered if undefined.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="e" long-flag="end" argument="time">
<description>
End time of query. Format: 'YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm:ss'.
Current time is considered if undefined.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="i" long-flag="stream-id" argument="string">
<description>
Waveform stream ID to search for QC parameters: net.sta.loc.cha -
[networkCode].[stationCode].[sensorLocationCode].[channelCode].
Provide a single ID or a comma-separated list. Overrides
'--streams-from-inventory'.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="p" long-flag="parameter" argument="string">
<description>
QC parameter to output: (e.g. delay,rms,'gaps count' ...).
Use quotes if QC parameter has more than 1 word.
Provide a single parameter or a comma-separated list.
Defaults are used if parameter is undefined.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="streams-from-inventory">
<description>
Read streams from inventory. Superseded by '--stream-id'.
</description>
</option>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="screloc" category="Processing">
<description>Automatic relocator.</description>
<configuration>
<group name="reloc">
<parameter name="locator" type="string">
<description>
Defines the locator to be used such as NonLinLoc.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="profile" type="string">
<description>
The locator profile to use.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="ignoreRejectedOrigins" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Ignores origins with status REJECTED.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="allowAnyStatus" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Triggers processing on origins with any evaluation status.
Overrides &quot;allowPreliminaryOrigins&quot; but not
&quot;ignoreRejectedOrigins&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="allowPreliminaryOrigins" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Triggers processing also on origins with status PRELIMINARY.
Origins with any other status is ignored anyway. The parameter
is overridden by &quot;allowAnyStatus&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="allowManualOrigins" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Triggers processing also on origins with evaluatuion mode
MANUAL. Otherwise only origins with mode AUTOMATIC are
considered. The triggering may be limited due to an evaluation
status, see &quot;allowPreliminaryOrigins&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="useWeight" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Whether to use the weight of the picks associated with the
input origin as defined in the input origin as input for
the locator or not. If false then all picks associated with
the input origin will be forwarded to the locator with full
weight.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="adoptFixedDepth" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
If the input origin's depth is fixed then it will be fixed
during the relocation process as well.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="storeSourceOriginID" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Whether to store the ID of the input origin as comment in the
relocated origin or not.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="originIDSuffix" type="string">
<description>
Suffix appended to the publicID of the origin to be relocated
to form the new publicID. This
helps to identify pairs of origins before and after relocation.
However, new publicIDs are unrelated to the time of creation.
If not defined, a new publicID will be generated automatically.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</configuration>
<command-line>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Messaging">
<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#content-type</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Database">
<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#db-disable</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Mode">
<option long-flag="test">
<description>Test mode, do not send any message</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Input">
<option flag="O" long-flag="origin-id" argument="arg">
<description>Reprocess the origin and send a message unless test mode is activated</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="locator" argument="arg">
<description>The locator type to use</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="use-weight" argument="arg" default="0">
<description>Use current picks weight</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="evaluation-mode" argument="arg">
<description>set origin evaluation mode: &quot;AUTOMATIC&quot; or &quot;MANUAL&quot;</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="ep" argument="file">
<description>
Defines an event parameters XML file to be read and processed. This
implies offline mode and only processes all origins contained
in that file. Each relocated origin is appended to the list
of origins unless --replace is given.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="replace">
<description>
Used in combination with --ep. If given then each origin for
that an output has been generated is replaced by the result
of relocation. In other words: two LocSAT origins in, two
NonLinLoc origins out. All other objects are passed through.
</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Profiling">
<option long-flag="measure-relocation-time">
<description>Measure the time spent in a single relocation</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="repeated-relocations" argument="arg">
<description>improve measurement of relocation time by running each relocation multiple times. Specify the number of relocations, e.g. 100.</description>
</option>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="screpick" category="Processing">
<description>
Reads an XML file of picks and repicks them using a post picker. The
picks will be modified in place and written to another XML file.
</description>
<configuration>
<parameter name="picker" type="string">
<description>
Picker interface to be used for repicking.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="anyPhase" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
If enabled then all picks will be processed. Otherwise only
P phases or picks without a phase hint will be considered.
</description>
</parameter>
</configuration>
<command-line>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Database">
<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#db-disable</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Records">
<optionReference>records#record-driver-list</optionReference>
<optionReference>records#record-url</optionReference>
<optionReference>records#record-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>records#record-type</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Input">
<option flag="" long-flag="ep" argument="file">
<description>
Name of input XML file (SCML) with all picks for offline
processing.
</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Picker">
<option flag="P" long-flag="picker" argument="interface">
<description>
Defines the picker interface to be used. It must be part of
the common libraries or loaded as plugin.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="A" long-flag="any-phase">
<description>
Accept any pick regardless of its phase hint.
</description>
</option>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

618
etc/descriptions/scrttv.xml Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,618 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="scrttv" category="GUI">
<description>Real-time trace view.</description>
<configuration>
<group name="messaging">
<group name="groups">
<parameter name="config" type="string" default="CONFIG">
<description>
The messaging group to which config messages (such
as station enable/disable messages) are being sent.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="location" type="string" default="LOCATION">
<description>
The messaging group to which location messages
are being sent.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
<parameter name="maxDelay" type="int" unit="s" default="0">
<description>
If greater than 0, then all traces for which the data latency is
higher than this value are hidden. 0 disables the feature.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="resortAutomatically" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
If enabled, then all traces are sorted by distance when a new
origin arrives.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="showPicks" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
If enabled, picks are shown.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="mapPicks" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Map picks to best matching rows. This is important
if picks created on BHN should be shown but only the BHZ trace
is part of the list. Network code, station code and location code
must match anyway.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="filter" type="string">
<description>
Define the filter to be used when filtering is activated. This
parameter is ignored if &quot;filters&quot; is configured.
This parameter exists mainly for backward compatibility.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="filters" type="list:string" default="&quot;RMHP(2)>>ITAPER(5)>>BW(3,0.5,8.0)&quot;,&quot;RMHP(2)>>ITAPER(5)>>BW_HP(3, 3)&quot;">
<description>
Define a list of filters that is cycles through when pressing
'G' or 'D'. Filtering is toggled with 'F'.
This parameter supersedes &quot;filter&quot;. If undefined,
&quot;filter&quot; is used instead. If defined, this filter
list is used exclusively and the filter option is ignored.
Formats:
&quot;filter grammar&quot;: filter grammar is shown in
the scrttv filter selection and applied.
&quot;name;filter grammar&quot;: name is shown in the scrttv
filter selection but filter grammar is applied.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="autoApplyFilter" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Activate the first filter of the configured filter list
after startup. This is equivalent to pressing 'f'.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="bufferSize" type="int" unit="s" default="1800">
<description>
Define the buffer size in seconds of the ring bu of each trace.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="allTracesInitiallyVisible" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
If set to true, all traces will be visible on application startup
independent of data availability.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="autoResetDelay" type="int" unit="s" default="900">
<description>
Time span in seconds to switch back to the last view after an origin
caused resorting. The default is 15 min.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="3c" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
If enabled, all three components (vertical, 1st and 2nd horizontal)
related to the detecStream will be shown rather than only the
component configured in global bindings. The option is ignored
when using --no-inventory.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="streams">
<group name="sort">
<description>
Configure the initial stream sorting.
</description>
<parameter name="mode" type="string" default="distance">
<description>
The sort mode applied initially. Allowed values
are: config, distance, station, network, group.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="latitude" type="double" unit="deg" default="0.0">
<description>
Latitude of the initial location for sorting traces.
Only valid if mode == distance.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="longitude" type="double" unit="deg" default="0.0">
<description>
Longitude of the initial location for sorting traces.
Only valid if mode == distance.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<parameter name="codes" type="list:string">
<description>
The list of channel codes to be displayed. List items
may contain wildcards at any position and are separated
by comma. Wildcard support depends on RecordStream,
e.g.:
caps/sdsarchive: *.*.*.*
slink: NET.STA.*.*
The channel list is intersected with all channels
configured in inventory unless --no-inventory is used.
Examples:
default : display all streams configured by global
bindings
default, PF.BON.00.HH? : display default and all HH
streams of PF.BON.00
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="blacklist" type="list:string">
<description>
If not empty then all stream patterns are part of the blacklist.
The blacklist is only active if &quot;streams.codes&quot;
is omitted and the default stream list according to the
bindings is to be shown. Each pattern can include wildcards
(either ? or *). The pattern is checked against the channel
id which is a concatenation of network code, station code,
location code and channel code separated with a dot,
e.g. &quot;GE.MORC..BHZ&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="rows" type="integer">
<description>
Number of rows to show at once in one windows. If more traces
than rows are loaded, the are accessible by a scroll bar.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="region">
<description>
Define a region used for clipping requested stations.
</description>
<parameter name="lonmin" type="double" unit="deg" default="-180.0">
<description>
Minimum longitude.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="lonmax" type="double" unit="deg" default="180.0">
<description>
Maximum longitude.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="latmin" type="double" unit="deg" default="-90.0">
<description>
Minimum latitude.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="latmax" type="double" unit="deg" default="90.0">
<description>
Maximum latitude.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<parameter name="groups" type="string" default="">
<description>
Stream group profiles to be considered which must be defined in
group section. Use comma separation for a list of groups.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="profiles" type="string" default="">
<description>
Stream profiles to be considered which must be defined in
profile section. Use comma separation for a list of profiles.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="group">
<description>
Definiton of stream groups shown in scrttv with unique features.
Register the profiles in &quot;groups&quot; to apply them.
</description>
<struct type="Stream group profile" link="streams.groups">
<parameter name="members" type="list:string">
<description>
List of channels codes to be displayed within
this group. List items may contain wildcards at any position
and are separated by comma.
The list is intersected with all channels configured in inventory.
Example:
CX.*..BH?,PF.BON.00.HH? : all BH streams of the CX network
and all HH streams of PF.BON.00
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="title" type="string">
<description>
Title of the group visible as a tooltip of the traces.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="pen">
<description>
Define the trace pen of the group.
</description>
<parameter name="color" type="color">
<description>
The color of the pen. If not given, the default
trace color is being used. The parameter is overridden
by &quot;streams.group.$profile.gradient&quot; .
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="gradient" type="gradient">
<description>
Define the color gradient used to generate the
trace color for each group member. When given, the
value in &quot;streams.group.$profile.pen.color&quot;
is ignored. The colors are distributed equally and
given in hexadecimal representation or by or
:term:`color keyword names`.
The stop points
can be set at any value. The final trace color
will be interpolated from the normalized gradient
where the value range is scaled to [0,1].
Format: value1:color1,value2:color2
Examples:
0:yellow,1:green
0:FFBF00,1:C70039
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="style" type="string" default="SolidLine">
<description>
The style of the pen. Supported values are: NoPen,
SolidLine, DashLine, DotLine, DashDotLine,
DashDotDotLine.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="width" type="double" default="1.0" unit="px">
<description>
The width of the pen.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</struct>
</group>
<group name="profile">
<description>
Definiton of profiles for streams shown with unique decorations.
Register the profiles in &quot;profiles&quot; to apply them.
</description>
<struct type="Stream profile" link="streams.profiles">
<parameter name="match" type="string" unit="" default="">
<description>
Stream applying this profile to. Use regular expressions
for defining multiple streams. Examples:
GR.BFO.00.BHZ: One stream on vertical component
GR.*.00.BHZ: All stations from GR network and their
vertical components.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="description" type="string" unit="" default="">
<description>
Text added to streams.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="minMaxMargin" type="double" unit="" default="0.0">
<description>
Fraction of trace amplitude added to trace widgets.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="unit" type="string" unit="" default="">
<description>
The physical unit shown along with stream maximum and
minimum values.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="gain" type="double" unit="" default="0.0">
<description>
The gain applied to scale trace amplitudes. 0 disables
showing trace amplitude value
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="fixedScale" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="minimum">
<description>
Properties defining the minimum line on each trace.
</description>
<parameter name="value" type="double" default="0.0">
<description>
Value at which to draw a line.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="pen">
<description>
Line properties.
</description>
<parameter name="width" type="string" default="1">
<description>
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="style" type="string" default="solidline">
<description>
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="color" type="string" default="000000ff">
<description>
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="brush">
<description>
Properties of the area below the minimum.
</description>
<parameter name="style" type="string" default="nobrush">
<description>
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="color" type="string" default="000000ff">
<description>
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
<group name="maximum">
<description>
Properties defining the maximum line on each trace.
</description>
<parameter name="value" type="double" default="0.0">
<description>
Value at which to draw a line.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="pen">
<description>
Line properties.
</description>
<parameter name="width" type="string" default="1" unit="">
<description>
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="style" type="string" default="solidline">
<description>
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="color" type="string" default="000000ff">
<description>
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="brush">
<description>
Properties of the area above the maximum.
</description>
<parameter name="style" type="string" default="nobrush">
<description>
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="color" type="string" default="000000ff">
<description>
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
</struct>
</group>
</group>
<group name="associator">
<description>
Define parameters for manually associating phases to origin and
for locating the origins.
</description>
<parameter name="defaultLocator" type="string">
<description>
The locator which is activated as default locator.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="defaultLocatorProfile" type="string">
<description>
The locator profile which is activated as default profile for
the default locator.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="fixedDepths" type="list:double" unit="km" default="0, 10, 18">
<description>
A list of depths used to populate the locator depth selection
dropdown list.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="spectrogram">
<description>
Define parameters for spectrogram representation.
</description>
<parameter name="smoothing" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Whether to plot the spectrogram filtered bilinearily.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="logScale" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Whether to use logarithmic frequency scale.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="normalization" type="string" default="fixed">
<description>
Which amplitude normalization mode to use: &quot;fixed&quot;,
&quot;frequency&quot; or &quot;time&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="axis" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Whether to show the frequency axis.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="minimumAmplitude" type="double" default="-15" unit="log(ps)">
<description>
The lower bound of the static amplitude range give as logarithm of
the power spectrum (log(real**2 + imag**2)).
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maximumAmplitude" type="double" default="-5" unit="log(ps)">
<description>
The upper bound of the static amplitude range give as logarithm of
the power spectrum (log(real**2 + imag**2)).
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="minimumFrequency" type="double" default="0" unit="Hz">
<description>
The lower bound of the frequency to be shown.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maximumFrequency" type="double" default="0" unit="Hz">
<description>
The upper bound of the frequency to be shown. Zero is a special
value and means &quot;auto&quot; and sets the maximum
frequency from the spectra.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="timeSpan" type="double" default="20" unit="s">
<description>
The time span of each data slice used to compute the
frequency spectrum.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="overlap" type="double" default="0.5">
<description>
The overlap of the data time window between zero and one
(exclusive).
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</configuration>
<command-line>
<synopsis>
scrttv [options] [miniSEED file]
</synopsis>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#print-config-vars</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#validate-schema-params</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#dump-settings</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#print-context</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#print-component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-utc</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#trace</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Messaging">
<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#content-type</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Database">
<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#db-disable</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Records">
<optionReference>records#record-driver-list</optionReference>
<optionReference>records#record-url</optionReference>
<optionReference>records#record-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>records#record-type</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Options">
<option flag="i" long-flag="input-file" argument="xml">
<description>Load picks in given XML file during startup</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Mode">
<option long-flag="filter" argument="arg" publicID="mode#filter" param-ref="filter"/>
<option long-flag="offline" argument="" publicID="mode#offline">
<description>
Do not connect to a messaging server and do not use the
database.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="no-inventory" argument="" publicID="mode#no-inventory">
<description>
Do not read streams from inventory but display all streams
available from the specified record source. This option may
be combined with the streams.codes parameter to filter the
available streams.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="end-time" argument="arg" publicID="mode#end-time">
<description>
Set the acquisition end time, e.g. '2017-09-08 13:30:00',
default: 'gmt'.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="buffer-size" argument="arg" param-ref="bufferSize" publicID="mode#buffer-size"/>
<option long-flag="max-delay" argument="arg" param-ref="maxDelay" publicID="mode#max-delay"/>
<option long-flag="start-at-now" argument="" publicID="mode#start-at-now">
<description>
Subscribe to data starting at now rather than now - bufferSize
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="rt" argument="" publicID="mode#rt">
<description>
Do not ask for time window at data server. This might be
important if e.g. Seedlink does not allow time window
extraction.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="map-picks" argument="" param-ref="mapPicks" publicID="mode#map-picks"/>
<option flag="" long-flag="3c" argument="" param-ref="3c"/>
<option long-flag="channels" argument="" publicID="mode#channels">
<description>
Channel(s) to display. The channel code may contain wildcards
at any position but the support of wildcards depends on
RecordStream. Repeat the option for multiple
channel groups. Examples:
default : all streams configured by global bindings.
GE.*.*.HH? : all HH channels of all stations from GE network.
</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Cities">
<optionReference>cities#city-xml</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="User interface">
<optionReference>gui#full-screen</optionReference>
<optionReference>gui#non-interactive</optionReference>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="scsendjournal" category="Utilities" standalone="true">
<description>
Send journaling information to the messaging to manipulate event parameter objects.
</description>
<command-line>
<synopsis>
scsendjournal [opts] {objectID} {action} [parameters]
</synopsis>
<description>
</description>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Messaging">
<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#encoding</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Input">
<option flag="i" long-flag="input" argument="arg">
<description>
Read parameters from given file instead from command line.
</description>
</option>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="scsendorigin" category="Utilities" standalone="true">
<description>
Create an artificial origin and send to the messaging.
</description>
<command-line>
<synopsis>
scsendorigin [options]
</synopsis>
<description>
</description>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Messaging">
<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#encoding</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Parameters">
<option long-flag="time">
<description>
Time of origin. Use quotes to encapsulate date and time.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="coord">
<description>
Latitude,longitude,depth of origin.
</description>
</option>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="scsohlog" category="Utilities">
<description>
Connect to the messaging and collect all information sent from connected
clients.
</description>
<command-line>
<synopsis>
scsohlog [options]
</synopsis>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Messaging">
<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#content-type</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Output">
<option flag="o" long-flag="file" argument="file">
<description>
The output XML file.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="i" long-flag="interval" argument="arg">
<description>
The output interval in seconds.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="script" argument="arg">
<description>
The script to execute. Example: path/scsohlog_script.sh.
</description>
</option>
</group>
</command-line>
<configuration>
<group name="monitor">
<group name="output">
<parameter name="interval" type="uint" default="60" unit="s">
<description>
The output interval in seconds.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="file" type="string" default="@LOGDIR@/server.xml">
<description>
The output XML file.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="script" type="string" default="">
<description>
The script to execute.
Example: @CONFIGDIR@/scripts/scsohlog_script.sh.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
</configuration>
</module>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="scvoice" category="Utilities">
<description>Real time voice alert.</description>
<configuration>
<parameter name="firstNew" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Treat an event as new event when it is seen the first time.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="agencyIDs" type="list:string" default="">
<description>
Define a white list of agencyIDs to alert an event. The
agencyID is extracted from the preferred origin of the event.
If this list is empty, all agencies are allowed.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="poi">
<parameter name="message" type="string">
<description>
The default message string for the event-script is
&quot;earthquake, [HOURS] hours [MINS] minutes ago, [DESC],
magnitude [MAG], depth [DEP] kilometers&quot; whereas [DESC]
is the string given in the event.description attribute.
This string can be overwritten using one of the following
options. There are three placeholders that can be used:
@region@, @dist@ and @poi@.
Example: &quot;@region@, @dist@ kilometers from @poi@ away&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maxDist" type="double" default="20" unit="deg">
<description>
When using the nearest point of interest (city) as part of the
message string, specify the maximum distance in degrees from the
event. Any point of interest farther away will be ignored.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="minPopulation" type="double" default="50000">
<description>
Minimum population for a city to become a point of interest.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="scripts">
<parameter name="amplitude" type="string">
<description>
Specify the script to be called if an amplitude
arrives, network-, stationcode and amplitude are passed
as parameters $1, $2 and $3.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="alert" type="string">
<description>
Specify the script to be called if a preliminary
origin arrives, latitude and longitude are passed as
parameters $1 and $2.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="event" type="string">
<description>
Specify the script to be called when an event has been
declared; the message string, a flag (1=new event,
0=update event), the EventID, the arrival count and the
magnitude (optional when set) are passed as parameter
$1, $2, $3, $4 and $5.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</configuration>
<command-line>
<synopsis>
scvoice [options]
</synopsis>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
<option long-flag="first-new" param-ref="firstNew"/>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Messaging">
<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#content-type</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Database">
<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#db-disable</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Alert">
<option long-flag="amp-type" argument="arg" default="snr">
<description>
Specify the amplitude type to listen to.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="amp-script" argument="arg" param-ref="scripts.amplitude"/>
<option long-flag="alert-script" argument="arg" param-ref="scripts.alert"/>
<option long-flag="event-script" argument="arg" param-ref="scripts.event"/>
</group>
<group name="Cities">
<option long-flag="max-dist" argument="arg" param-ref="poi.maxDist"/>
<option long-flag="min-population" argument="arg" param-ref="poi.minPopulation"/>
</group>
<group name="Debug">
<option flag="E" long-flag="eventid" argument="arg">
<description>
Specify event ID that is used for testing.
After running the alert scripts scvoice will exit.
</description>
</option>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="scwfas" category="Acquisition">
<description>Waveform archive server</description>
<command-line>
<synopsis>
scwfas [options]
</synopsis>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#print-component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#print-context</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#trace</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Server">
<option long-flag="arclink-port" argument="int" param-ref="arclink.port"/>
<option long-flag="fdsnws-port" argument="int" param-ref="fdsnws.port"/>
<option long-flag="fdsnws-baseurl" argument="string" param-ref="fdsnws.baseURL"/>
</group>
</command-line>
<configuration>
<parameter name="handlerSDS" type="string" default="">
<description>
Defines an alternative SDS archive handler. This is the name
of an RecordStream interface that can be loaded via a plugin.
If not given, an internal implementation will be used.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="filebase" type="string" default="@ROOTDIR@/var/lib/archive">
<description>
The filebase of the SDS archive. If an alternative archive
handler is defined by &quot;handlerSDS&quot;, this value serves
as input to setSource().
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="arclink">
<parameter name="port" type="int" default="-1">
<description>
The server port for Arclink connections. -1
deactivates the Arclink server. The standard Arclink port is
18001.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="fdsnws">
<parameter name="port" type="int" default="8080">
<description>
The server port for FDSNWS connections. -1
deactivates the FDSN Web server.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="baseURL" type="string" default="http://localhost:8080/fdsnws">
<description>
The base URL of the FDSN Web service that is
given in the WADL document.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maxTimeWindow" type="int" unit="s" default="0">
<description>
The aggregated maximum time window (seconds)
for all requested streams. A value of 0 will deactive
any restriction.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</configuration>
</module>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,602 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="scwfparam" category="Processing" inherit-global-bindings="true">
<description>Waveform parametrization module.</description>
<configuration>
<group name="wfparam">
<parameter name="logfile" type="path" default="@LOGDIR@/scwfparam-processing-info.log">
<description>
The path to the processing info logfile.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="streams">
<description>
Defines the white- and blacklist of data streams to be used. The
rules to decide if a stream is used or not are the following:
1. if whitelist is not empty and the stream is not on the whitelist,
don't use it, ok otherwise
2. if blacklist is not empty and the stream is on the blacklist,
don't use it, ok otherwise
Both checks are made and combined with AND. Either whitelist or
blacklist contains a list of patterns (wildcard allowed as * and ?),
eg GE.*.*.*, *, GE.MORC.*.BH? Each stream id (NET.STA.LOC.CHA) will
be checked against the defined patterns.
</description>
<parameter name="whitelist" type="list:string">
<description>The stream whitelist</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="blacklist" type="list:string">
<description>The stream blacklist</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<parameter name="totalTimeWindowLength" type="int" unit="s" default="360">
<description>
Default value of total time window length in seconds if
wfparam.magnitudeTimeWindowTable is not specified. This times window
includes wfparam.preEventWindowLength.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="magnitudeTimeWindowTable" type="list:string">
<description>
Magnitude dependent time window table. The format is
&quot;mag1:secs1, mag2:secs2, mag3:secs3&quot;. If a magnitude falls
between two configured magnitudes the time window of the lower
magnitude is used then. No interpolation is performed. Magnitude
outside the configured range are clipped to the lowest/highest value.
Example: &quot;3:100, 4:200, 5:300&quot;
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="preEventWindowLength" type="int" unit="s" default="60">
<description>
The pre event time window length in seconds.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maximumEpicentralDistance" type="int" unit="km" default="400">
<description>
The maximum epicentral distance in km of a station being considered
for processing. This value is used if wfparam.magnitudeDistanceTable
is not specified.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="magnitudeDistanceTable" type="list:string" >
<description>
Analogue to wfparam.magnitudeTimeWindowTable but instead giving a
time window, the distance in km is specified.
Example: &quot;3:400, 4:450, 5:500&quot;
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="saturationThreshold" type="double" unit="%" default="80">
<description>
Relative saturation threshold in percent. If the absolute raw amplitude
exceeds X% of 2**23 counts the station will be excluded from
processing. This assumes a 24bit datalogger.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="STAlength" type="double" unit="s" default="1">
<description>
Specifies the STA length in seconds of the applied STA/LTA check.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="LTAlength" type="double" unit="s" default="60">
<description>
Specifies the LTA length in seconds of the applied STA/LTA check.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="STALTAratio" type="double" default="3">
<description>
Specifies the minimum STALTA ratio to be reached to further process
a station.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="STALTAmargin" type="double" unit="s" default="5">
<description>
Specifies the number of seconds around P to be used to check the STA/LTA ratio.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="durationScale" type="double" default="1.5">
<description>
Defines the factor applied to the signigicant duration to define the
processing spetra time window. If that value is &lt;= 0 the totalTimeWindowLength
is used.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="dampings" type="list:double" unit="%" default="5">
<description>
Specifies a list of damping values (in percent) for computation of
the relative displacement elastic response spectrum.
Example: &quot;5,10,15&quot;
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="naturalPeriods" type="int" default="100">
<description>
Specifies the number of natural periods for computation of the
relative displacement elastic response spectrum between Tmin and Tmax.
If &quot;fixed&quot; is given then a fixed list of periods is used. If
&quot;custom&quot; is defined then a custom list of periods
will be used. This list must be configured with &quot;customPeriods&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="naturalPeriods">
<parameter name="log" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Defines if a linear spacing or logarithmic spacing between Tmin and
Tmax is used. The default is a linear spacing. The logarithmic
spacing will fail if either Tmin or Tmax is 0.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<parameter name="customPeriods" type="list:double" unit="s">
<description>
A list of periods to be used for computation of the
relative displacement elastic response spectrum. This list
will only be in effect if &quot;naturalPeriods = custom&quot;.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="Tmin" type="double" unit="s" default="0">
<description>
Specifies the minimum period (Tmin) in seconds for computation of the
relative displacement elastic response spectrum.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="Tmax" type="double" unit="s" default="5">
<description>
Specifies the maximum period (Tmax) in seconds for computation of the
relative displacement elastic response spectrum.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="clipTmax" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Should the maximum period (Tmax) clipped against the
configured filter lower corner frequency, the maximum of
pd.loFreq or filter.loFreq.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="afterShockRemoval" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Enables/disables aftershock removal (Figini, 2006; Paolucci et al., 2008)
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="eventCutOff" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Enables/disables pre-event cut-off. A hardcoded sta/lta algorithm
(with sta=0.1s, lta=2s, sta/lta threshold=1.2) is run on the time
window defined by (expected_P_arrival_time - 15 s). The pre-event
window is hence defined as
[t(sta/lta =1.2) - 15.5s, t(sta/lta =1.2) - 0.5s].
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="magnitudeFilterTable" type="list:string" default="0:0.2;0.8fNyquist,3:0.1;0.8fNyquist,5:0.05;0.8fNyquist,7:0.025;0.8fNyquist">
<description>
Magnitude dependent filter table. The format is
&quot;mag1:fmin1;fmax1, mag2:fmin2;fmax2, mag3:fmin3;fmax3&quot;.
If a magnitude falls between two configured magnitudes the filter of
the lower magnitude is then used. No interpolation takes place.
Magnitude outside the configured range are clipped to the
lowest/highest value.
Frequency values are given as simple positive doubles (Hz is assumed)
or with suffix &quot;fNyquist&quot; which is then multiplied by the
Nyquist frequency of the data to get the final corner frequency.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="filter">
<description>
Parameters of the 1st stage filter.
</description>
<parameter name="order" type="int" default="4">
<description>
Specifies the order of the 1st stage filter.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="loFreq" type="double" default="0.025">
<description>
Specifies the frequency of the 1st stage hi-pass filter. If this
parameter is equal to 0 the hi-pass filter is not used.
If suffix &quot;fNyquist&quot; is used then the value is multiplied
by the Nyquist frequency of the data to get the final corner
frequency of the filter.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="hiFreq" type="double" default="40">
<description>
Specifies the frequency of the 1st stage lo-pass filter. If this
parameter is equal to 0 the lo-pass filter is not used.
If suffix &quot;fNyquist&quot; is used then the value is multiplied
by the Nyquist frequency of the data to get the final corner
frequency of the filter.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="pd">
<description>
Parameters of the post-deconvolution filter applied in the
frequency domain.
</description>
<parameter name="order" type="int" default="4">
<description>
Specifies the order of the 2nd stage filter.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="loFreq" type="double" default="0">
<description>
Specifies the frequency of the 2nd stage hi-pass filter. If this
parameter is equal to 0 the hi-pass filter is not used.
If suffix &quot;fNyquist&quot; is used then the value is multiplied
by the Nyquist frequency of the data to get the final corner
frequency of the filter.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="hiFreq" type="double" default="0">
<description>
Specifies the frequency of the 2nd stage lo-pass filter. If this
parameter is equal to 0 the lo-pass filter is not used.
If suffix &quot;fNyquist&quot; is used then the value is multiplied
by the Nyquist frequency of the data to get the final corner
frequency of the filter.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<parameter name="deconvolution" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Enables/disables deconvolution. If a channel does not provide full
response information it is not used for processing.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="filtering">
<parameter name="noncausal" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Enables non-causal filtering in the frequency domain.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="taperLength" type="double" unit="s" default="-1">
<description>
Defines the cosine taper length in seconds if non-causal filters
are activated applied on either side of the waveform. If a
negative length is given 10 percent of the pre-event window length
is used on either side of the waveform.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="padLength" type="double" unit="s" default="-1">
<description>
The length of the zero padding window in seconds applied on either
side of the waveform if non-causal filters are activated. If
negative, it is computed following Boore (2005) as
1.5*order/corner_freq and applied half at the beginning and half at
the end of the waveform.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="cron">
<parameter name="wakeupInterval" type="int" unit="s" default="10">
<description>
Specifies the interval in seconds to check/start scheduled operations.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="eventMaxIdleTime" type="int" unit="s" default="3600">
<description>
Specifies the maximum allowed idle time of a process before removed.
The idle time is calculated if no further processing is scheduled
and computes as: [now]-lastRun.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="logging" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Enables/disables updating of a cron log file. This file will be
created at ~/.seiscomp/log/[appname].sched
and contains information about the scheduled events and the
processing queue. The file is updated each n seconds,
where n = wfparam.cron.wakeupInterval.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="updateDelay" type="int" default="60">
<description>
Specifies the delay in seconds to delay processing if a new
authoritative origin arrives for an event.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="delayTimes" type="list:int">
<description>
Specifies a list of delay times in seconds relative to event time
to trigger the processing. When the first origin of an event arrives
this list is used to construct the crontab for this event.
Example: &quot;60, 120, 300, 3600&quot;
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="acquisition">
<parameter name="initialTimeout" type="int" unit="s" default="30">
<description>
Specifies the initial acquisition timeout. If the acquisition
source (e.g. Arclink) does not respond within this threshold with
waveforms, the request is discarded.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="runningTimeout" type="int" unit="s" default="2">
<description>
Specifies the acquisition timeout when waveforms are being
transfered. If no new waveforms arrive within this threshold, the
request is aborted. This is important if a Seedlink connection is
configured which can block the application for a very long time if
at least one requested channel has no data. Seedlink does not
finished the request until all data has been sent. When data will
arrive for a particular channel is not known.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="output">
<parameter name="messaging" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Enables messaging output which creates objects of the
StrongMotionParameters data model extension (defined by SED) and
sends them to scmaster. In order to save the objects to the database,
scmaster needs to load the dmsm plugin and the corresponding database
schema must be applied.
The default message group is AMPLITUDE. To change this group redefine
connection.primaryGroup.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="shortEventID" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Uses short event ids when an event output directory needs to be
created. The default pattern is [eventtime]_[mag]_[lat]_[lon]_[updatetime].
The short format just contains the first part, namely [eventtime] in
the format YEARmmddHHMMSS.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="waveforms">
<parameter name="enable" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Enables/disables the output of processed waveforms.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="path" type="string" default="@LOGDIR@/shakemaps/waveforms">
<description>
Specifies the waveform output path. This parameter is only used if
wfparam.output.waveforms.enable is true.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="withEventDirectory" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Enables/disables the creation of an event directory (named with
eventID) when storing the processed waveforms. This parameter is
only used if wfparam.output.waveforms.enable is true.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="spectra">
<parameter name="enable" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Enables/disables the output of spectra (psa, drs). The output
format is a simple ASCII file where the first column is the
period and the second column the corresponding value.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="path" type="string" default="@LOGDIR@/shakemaps/spectra">
<description>
Specifies the spectra output path. This parameter is only used if
wfparam.output.spectra.enable is true.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="withEventDirectory" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Enables/disables the creation of an event directory (named with
eventID) when storing the spectra. This parameter is only used if
wfparam.output.spectra.enable is true.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="shakeMap">
<parameter name="enable" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Enables/disables ShakeMap XML output.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="pgm" type="list:string" default="pga, pgv, psa03, psa10, psa30">
<description>
Define a list of pg values to be forwarded to
ShakeMap in version 4 or later.
The period xx in psa must be in the list of
naturalPeriods and must not exceed 9.9s.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="path" type="string" default="@LOGDIR@/shakemaps">
<description>
Specifies the ShakeMap XML output path. This is only used if
wfparam.output.shakeMap.enable is set to true.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="script" type="string">
<description>
Specifies the path to a script that is called whenever a new
ShakeMap XML is available. The script is called with 3 parameters:
EventID, modified ShakeMap eventID, path to event directory (where
input/event.xml and input/event_dat.xml lives).
The event files are not deleted by the application. The ownership
goes to the called script.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="synchronous" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Enables/disables synchronous or asynchronous script calls. If
enabled, be careful to not spend too much time in the script.
The application is blocked while the script is running.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="maximumOfHorizontals" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
If enabled the maximum PGV, PGA, PSA03, PSA10 and PSA30 of both
horizontal components is used in the final output. Otherwise each
component is saved.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="SC3EventID" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Uses the SeisComP event publicID as id attribute of the
earthquake tag, a generated ShakeMapID otherwise.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="regionName" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Uses the event region name (if available) for the locstring
attribute, the publicID, lat, lon otherwise.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="encoding" type="string" default="UTF-8">
<description>
The XML encoding string written to the Shakemap XML file.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="version" type="int" default="3">
<description>
The target version of the Shakemap input files.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
<parameter name="magnitudeTolerance" type="double" default="0.5">
<description>
Defines the magnitude tolerance to completely reprocess an event with
respect to the last state.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</configuration>
<command-line>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
<option long-flag="expiry" flag="x" argument="hours">
<description>Time span in hours after which objects expire</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="event-id" flag="E" argument="arg">
<description>EventID to calculate amplitudes for</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="ep" argument="arg">
<description>EventParameters (XML) to load</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Messaging">
<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#content-type</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
<option long-flag="test">
<description>Test mode, no messages are sent</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Database">
<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#db-disable</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Records">
<optionReference>records#record-driver-list</optionReference>
<optionReference>records#record-url</optionReference>
<optionReference>records#record-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>records#record-type</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Mode">
--dump-records Dumps all received records (binary) to recs.in
--dump-config Dump the configuration and exit
<option long-flag="order" argument="arg">
<description>Filter order</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="lo-filter" argument="freq">
<description>High-pass filter frequency</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="hi-filter" argument="freq">
<description>Low-pass filter frequency</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="sc-order" argument="arg">
<description>Sensitivity correction filter order</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="sc-lo-filter" argument="freq">
<description>Sensitivity correction high-pass filter frequency</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="sc-hi-filter" argument="freq">
<description>Sensitivity correction low-pass filter frequency</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="offline">
<description>Do not connect to the messaging and and disable the database in combination with --inventory-db and --ep</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="force">
<description>Force event processing even if a journal entry exists that processing has completed</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="force-shakemap">
<description>Force ShakeMap script to be run even if no station has contributed data</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="dump-config">
<description>Dump the configuration and exit</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="dump-records">
<description>Dumps all received records (binary) to [eventd].recs</description>
</option>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
<!-- The basic binding description. This could also go into a separate file, but its integrated
into the core description to have everything in one place. -->
<binding module="scwfparam">
<configuration>
<parameter name="commtype" type="string" default="DIG">
<description>
Defines the communication type of the station which is forwarded
without modification to the Shakemap input file in version 4 or
greater. Reference:
https://usgs.github.io/shakemap/manual4_0/sg_input_formats.html.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="amplitudes">
<group name="PGAV">
<parameter name="saturationThreshold" type="string">
<description>
Defines the saturation threshold for the optional saturation check.
By default the saturation check is configured for all stations
as module parameter. This parameters overrides the threshold
per station.
This value can either be an absolute value such as &quot;100000&quot;
or a relative value (optionally in percent) with respect to
the number of effective bits, e.g. &quot;0.8@23&quot; or
&quot;80%@23&quot;. The first version uses 1**23 * 0.8
whereas the latter uses 1**23 * 80/100.
The special value &quot;false&quot; explicitly disables
the check.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
</configuration>
</binding>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="scxmldump" category="Utilities">
<description>
Dump database objects to XML files.
</description>
<command-line>
<synopsis>
scxmldump [options]
</synopsis>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Messaging">
<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#content-type</optionReference>
<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Database">
<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
<optionReference>database#config-db</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Dump">
<option long-flag="listen">
<description>
Enable server mode which listens to the message server for
incoming events and dumps each received add/update.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="I" long-flag="inventory">
<description>
Dump the inventory.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="without-station-groups">
<description>
Remove all station groups from inventory.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="stations" argument="sta-list">
<description>
If inventory is exported, filter the stations to export.
Wildcards are supported. Format of each item: net[.{sta|*}].
</description>
</option>
<option flag="C" long-flag="config">
<description>
Dump the configuration (bindings).
</description>
</option>
<option flag="J" long-flag="journal">
<description>
Dump the journal. In combination with -E only corresponding
journal entries are included.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="R" long-flag="routing">
<description>
Dump the routing.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="Y" long-flag="availability">
<description>
Dump data availability information.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="with-segments">
<description>
Dump individual data segments.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="" long-flag="pick" argument="ID">
<description>
Pick public ID(s) to dump. Multiple IDs may be specified
as a comma-separated list.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="O" long-flag="origin" argument="ID">
<description>
Origin public ID(s) to dump. Multiple origins may be specified
as a comma-separated list.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="E" long-flag="event" argument="ID">
<description>
Event public ID(s) to dump. Multiple events may be specified
as a comma-separated list.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="P" long-flag="with-picks">
<description>
Add picks associated to origins.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="A" long-flag="with-amplitudes">
<description>
Add amplitudes associated to magnitudes.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="M" long-flag="with-magnitudes">
<description>
Add station magnitudes associated to origins.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="F" long-flag="with-focal-mechanism">
<description>
Add focal mechanisms associated to events.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="a" long-flag="ignore-arrivals">
<description>
Do not dump arrivals part of origins.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="ignore-magnitudes">
<description>
Do not export (network) magnitudes of origins. This
option is most useful in combination with -O to only
export the location information.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="p" long-flag="preferred-only">
<description>
When exporting events only the preferred origin, the preferred
magnitude and the preferred focal mechanism will be dumped.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="m" long-flag="all-magnitudes">
<description>
If only the preferred origin is exported, all magnitudes for
this origin will be dumped.
</description>
</option>
</group>
<group name="Output">
<option flag="f" long-flag="formatted">
<description>
Use formatted XML output. Otherwise all XML is printed
on one line.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="o" long-flag="output">
<description>
Name of output file. If not given, output is sent to
stdout.
</description>
</option>
<option long-flag="prepend-datasize">
<description>
Prepend a line with the length of the XML data.
</description>
</option>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="sczip" category="Utilities">
<description>Compress or expand files with ZIP algorithm</description>
<command-line>
<synopsis>
sczip file.dat -o file.zip
sczip file.dat -d -o file.zip
</synopsis>
<group name="Generic">
<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Verbosity">
<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
</group>
<group name="Mode">
<option flag="d" long-flag="decompress">
<description>
Decompress.
</description>
</option>
<option flag="o" long-flag="output" argument="file">
<description>
Output file name. Default is stdout.
</description>
</option>
</group>
</command-line>
</module>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,264 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<module name="seedlink" category="Acquisition" standalone="true">
<description>Real-time waveform server implementing the SeedLink protocol.</description>
<configuration>
<parameter name="port" type="int" default="18000">
<description>
Defines the Seedlink port to accept requests. If this port
is changed and other modules depend on it (slarchive, processing)
those ports must be updated as well!
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="filebase" type="dir">
<description>
Path to the base directory of SeedLink data files (disk buffer).
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="network" type="string">
<description>
Default network code. Used when a network code is omitted by a client
in STATION request. Should be set to the network code of the majority
of configured stations. 1 or 2 characters long, uppercase.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="trusted" type="list:string" default="127.0.0.0/8">
<description>
List of trusted addresses.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="access" type="list:string" default="0.0.0.0/0">
<description>
List of IP addresses or IP/mask pairs (in ipchains/iptables syntax)
that can access stations. Per station access definitions
supersede this parameter. By default any client can access
all stations.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="stream_check" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Check start and end times of streams.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="gap_check_pattern" type="string" default="XXXXX">
<description>
If stream_check = enabled, also check for gaps in all channels that
match given pattern. Register all gaps that are larger than +-0.5 seconds.
gap_check_pattern = [EBLV][HLNG][ZNE]|S[NG][ZNE].
Disabled to save memory.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="gap_treshold" type="int" default="500000">
<description>
Time difference between records (microseconds) above which a gap is declared.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="window_extraction" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Can be enabled or disabled. Required for slinktool option -tw.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="window_extraction_trusted" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Same as window_extraction for trusted IP addresses.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="websocket" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Allow websocket connections.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="websocket_trusted" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Same as websocket for trusted IP addresses.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="msrtsimul" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
If activated Seedlink uses the mseedfifo to read records and
only the mseedfifo_plugin is started. This command is useful
to playback historic data by eg msrtsimul.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="inventory_connection" type="string" default="">
<description>
Defines a database read connection to be used for Seedlink
station descriptions. If no database is to be used (the default;
configure with "") then the station code will be used. Example:
"mysql://sysop:sysop@localhost/seiscomp". If a remote host is
specified, ensure that its database server is reachable from
this computer.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="info" type="string" default="streams">
<description>
Info level provided to arbitrary hosts.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="info_trusted" type="string" default="all">
<description>
Info level provided to trusted hosts.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="request_log" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
Whether requests should be logged.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="proc_gap_warn" type="int" default="10" unit="microseconds">
<description>
Give warning if an input channel has time gap larger than this (microseconds).
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="proc_gap_flush" type="int" default="100000">
<description>
Flush streams if an input channel has time gap larger than this (microseconds).
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="proc_gap_reset" type="int" default="1000000">
<description>
Reset FIR filters if an input channel has time gap larger than this (microseconds).
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="backfill_buffer" type="float" default="0" unit="s">
<description>
Enable backfilling buffer for out-of-order records.
This values defines its capacity in seconds.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="seq_gap_limit" type="int" default="100000">
<description>
Maximum allowed deviation from the sequence number of oldest packet if
packet with requested sequence number is not found. If seq_gap_limit is
exceeded, data flow starts from the next packet coming in, otherwise
from the oldest packet in buffer.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="connections" type="int" default="500">
<description>
Total number of TCP/IP connections allowed.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="connections_per_ip" type="int" default="20">
<description>
Maximum number of TCP/IP connections per IP.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="bytespersec" type="int" default="0" unit="B/s">
<description>
Maximum speed per connection (0: throttle disabled).
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="lockfile" type="string" default="@ROOTDIR@/var/run/seedlink.pid">
<description>
Path to lockfile to prevent multiple instances.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="buffers" type="int" default="100">
<description>
Size of memory buffer (number of recent Mini-SEED records kept in RAM).
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="segments" type="int" default="50">
<description>
Number of disk buffer segments (files under &lt;dir&gt;/station/segments/
where &lt;dir&gt; is the directory given by the filebase parameter).
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="segsize" type="int" default="1000">
<description>
Size of one disk buffer segment in the records (512-byte units).
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="blanks" type="int" default="10">
<description>
Number of blank records to insert after the re-scan of disk buffer
if &lt;dir&gt;/station/buffer.xml is not found (assuming the server
did not terminate correctly).
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="encoding" type="string" default="steim2">
<description>
Encoding of Mini-SEED records created by SeedLink. The value must be
steim1 or steim2. If omitted, the global encoding parameter is used.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="sequence_file_cleanup" type="int" default="0" unit="min">
<description>
If configured with a value greater than zero then all sequence files
created by the chain plugin are deleted which are older than X minutes
before Seedlink is started.
</description>
</parameter>
</configuration>
</module>
<binding module="seedlink">
<description>
Configures general station parameters irrespective of a configured plugin.
If stream_check, gap_check_pattern or gap_treshold is changed it is necessary
to remove the files &lt;dir&gt;/*/buffer.xml, where &lt;dir&gt; is the directory
given by the filebase parameter. In this case the disk buffer is re-scanned when
SeedLink is started (which will take some time).
</description>
<configuration>
<parameter name="access" type="list:string" default="0.0.0.0/0">
<description>
List of IP addresses or IP/mask pairs (in ipchains/iptables syntax).
Only if a client's IP address
matches one of those the station is shown (slinktool -L, etc.) and
accessible. If omitted, the global access parameter is used.
If the global access parameter is not set any client can access the station.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="buffers" type="int" default="100">
<description>
Size of memory buffer (number of recent Mini-SEED records kept in RAM).
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="segments" type="int" default="50">
<description>
Number of disk buffer segments (files under &lt;dir&gt;/station/segments/
where &lt;dir&gt; is the directory given by the filebase parameter).
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="segsize" type="int" default="1000">
<description>
Size of one disk buffer segment in the records (512-byte units).
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="blanks" type="int" default="10">
<description>
Number of blank records to insert after the re-scan of disk buffer
if &lt;dir&gt;/station/buffer.xml is not found (assuming the server
did not terminate correctly).
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="encoding" type="string">
<description>
Encoding of Mini-SEED records created by SeedLink. The value must be
steim1 or steim2. If omitted, the global encoding parameter is used.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="backfill_buffer" type="float" default="0" unit="s">
<description>
Enable backfilling buffer for out-of-order records when raw samples
are transmitted. This values defines its capacity in seconds.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="proc" type="string">
<description>
Name of the proc object uniquely defined in a seedlink template file, e.g.
$SEISCOMP_ROOT/share/templates/seedlink/streams_{name}.tpl.
proc is used for processing, e.g. renaming or resampling of raw
streams (streams submitted by a plugin as raw samples).
The template file is used to generate
$SEISCOMP_ROOT/var/lib/seedlink/streams.xml .
Example template: $SEISCOMP_ROOT/share/templates/seedlink/streams_stream100.tpl
</description>
</parameter>
</configuration>
</binding>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<binding module="seedlink" name="antelope" category="sources">
<description>Antelope ORB (TCP/IP)</description>
<configuration>
<parameter name="select" type="string" default="*">
<description>
Regular expression to match ORB packets, default is all
waveform data.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="address" type="string" default="localhost">
<description>Hostname or IP of the Antelope ORB.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="port" type="int" default="39136">
<description>Port of the Antelope ORB.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="proc" type="string">
<description>
Name of the proc object (defined in streams.xml); used for processing
raw streams (streams submitted by a plugin as raw samples).
</description>
</parameter>
</configuration>
</binding>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<plugin name="chain">
<extends>seedlink</extends>
<description>Global options for the chain plugin</description>
<configuration>
<group name="plugins">
<group name="chain">
<parameter name="dialupConnections" type="int" default="0">
<description>
Defines the maximum number of concurrent dial-up
connections. A value of 0 does not limit the
concurrent connections.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="loadTimeTable" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
If enabled load_timetable is used by the chain plugin to request
the available time windows of each stream in the Seedlink buffer
to discard older records.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</group>
</configuration>
</plugin>
<binding module="seedlink" name="chain" category="sources">
<description>Seedlink server (TCP/IP)</description>
<configuration>
<parameter name="address" type="string" default="geofon.gfz-potsdam.de">
<description>
Hostname or IP of the Seedlink server.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="port" type="int" default="18000">
<description>Port of the Seedlink server</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="selectors" type="list:string">
<description>
List of stream selectors. If left empty all available
streams will be requested. See slinktool manpage for
more information.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="station" type="string">
<description>
Defines the remote station code if different from the inventory
station code. Usually leave this parameter unconfigured. If
configured and different from the inventory station code,
the remote station code will be renamed to match the inventory
station code.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="network" type="string">
<description>
Defines the remote network code if different from the inventory
network code. Usually leave this parameter unconfigured. If
configured and different from the inventory network code,
the remote network code will be renamed to match the inventory
network code.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="group" type="string">
<description>
Usually stations with the same source addresses and dialup
options are grouped together and managed by a chain plugin
process. Here you can define an additional group ID. Available
placeholders are $NET and $STA that are replaced by the
network code or station code. Whitespaces are replaced by
underscores when generating chain.xml.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="defaultTimingQuality" type="int">
<description>
The default timing quality is used when unpacking data that
does not contain blockette 1001, that allows SeedLink to
construct blockette 1001 for downsampled data.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="overlapRemoval" type="string">
<description>
If overlap removal is set to "initial" or "full", then
earlier records will be discarded (record number is used
in case several subsequent records have the same header time).
All other values are treated as "none". Leave this option
unset unless you know what you are doing.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="batchmode" type="boolean" default="true">
<description>
If enabled then the chain plugin tries to subscribe for
channels with the BATCH command which is magnitudes faster
than the old handshake. Not all SeedLink servers support
the BATCH mode so it needs to be turned off in case of
problems.
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="dialup">
<parameter name="enable" type="boolean" default="false">
<description>
Enables dialup mode. Needs schedule and uptime to be
set accordingly.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="uptime" type="int" default="600" unit="s">
<description>
Dialup uptime in seconds.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="schedule" type="string" default="0,30 * * * *">
<description>
The dialup schedula in cron format.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="ifup" type="string">
<description>An optional dialup ifup script.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="ifdown" type="string">
<description>An optional dialup ifdown script.</description>
</parameter>
</group>
<group name="channels">
<parameter name="rename" type="list:string">
<description>
Optionally rename channels. This is a comma separated list
of strings where each item defines one mapping from source to
destination in the format "LOCCHA:LOCCHA".
Either LOC or CHA can contain wildcard characters (question mark)
and the location code (LOC) in both identifiers is optional.
??HHZ:10HHZ renames all HHZ location codes to 10,
0J???:??? renames all 0J location codes to nothing (''),
HH?:EH? renames all HH channels to EH, etc.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="unpack" type="list:string">
<description>
Optionally unpack channels instead of sending them as
miniseed to Seedlink. Unpacked streams can be downsampled
by Seedlink. This is a list of strings where each item
defines one unpack mapping in the format "LOCCHA:ID:1" where
ID can be an arbitrary channel id which must match the definition
of a stream in streams.xml. The last ":1" is optional and defines
if the unpacked data should be doubled (duplicate each sample).
In case rename mappings are active, LOCCHA refers to
the final channel name after renaming.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</configuration>
</binding>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<binding module="seedlink" name="dr24" category="sources">
<description>Geotech DR24 (serial plugin)</description>
<configuration>
<parameter name="comport" type="string" default="/dev/data">
<description>Serial port.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="baudrate" type="int" default="19200">
<description>Baud rate.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="proc" type="string" default="dr24_20">
<description>
Name of the proc object (defined in streams.xml); used for processing
raw streams (streams submitted by a plugin as raw samples).
</description>
</parameter>
</configuration>
</binding>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<binding module="seedlink" name="echopro_3ch100hz" category="sources">
<description>Kelunji Echo/EchoPro serial plugin (3 Ch, 200 Hz)</description>
<configuration>
<parameter name="comport" type="string" default="/dev/ttyS0">
<description>Serial Port.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="proc" type="string" default="echopro_100">
<description>Name of stream processing scheme.</description>
</parameter>
</configuration>
</binding>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<binding module="seedlink" name="echopro_6ch200hz" category="sources">
<description>Kelunji Echo/EchoPro serial plugin (6 Ch, 100 Hz)</description>
<configuration>
<parameter name="comport" type="string" default="/dev/ttyS0">
<description>Serial Port.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="proc" type="string" default="echopro_200">
<description>Name of stream processing scheme.</description>
</parameter>
</configuration>
</binding>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<binding module="seedlink" name="edata" category="sources">
<description>EarthData PS6-24 (serial plugin)</description>
<configuration>
<parameter name="comport" type="string" default="/dev/data">
<description>Serial port.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="baudrate" type="int" default="115200">
<description>Baud rate.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="proc" type="string" default="edata_100">
<description>
Name of the proc object (defined in streams.xml); used for processing
raw streams (streams submitted by a plugin as raw samples).
</description>
</parameter>
</configuration>
</binding>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<binding module="seedlink" name="ewexport" category="sources">
<description>Earthworm export server (TCP/IP)</description>
<configuration>
<parameter name="address" type="string">
<description>
Hostname or IP of the Earthworm export server.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="port" type="int">
<description>Port of the Earthworm export server.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="proc" type="string">
<description>
Name of the proc object (defined in streams.xml); used for processing
raw streams (streams submitted by a plugin as raw samples).
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="heartbeat">
<parameter name="message" type="string" default="alive">
<description>
Text for heartbeat to server.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="rate" type="int" default="120">
<description>
Rate at which to expect heartbeats from server in seconds.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</configuration>
</binding>
</seiscomp>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<seiscomp>
<binding module="seedlink" name="ewexport_pasv" category="sources">
<description>Earthworm passive export server (TCP/IP)</description>
<configuration>
<parameter name="address" type="string">
<description>
Bind IP of the Earthworm passive export server.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="port" type="int">
<description>Port of the Earthworm passive export server.</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="proc" type="string">
<description>
Name of the proc object (defined in streams.xml); used for processing
raw streams (streams submitted by a plugin as raw samples).
</description>
</parameter>
<group name="heartbeat">
<parameter name="message" type="string" default="alive">
<description>
Text for heartbeat to server.
</description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="rate" type="int" default="120">
<description>
Rate at which to expect heartbeats from server in seconds.
</description>
</parameter>
</group>
</configuration>
</binding>
</seiscomp>

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More